diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json index 5113249c3..02d7b9d10 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json @@ -1,36 +1,62 @@ [ - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di pagina", "headername": "Istruzioni d'uso"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare preset di formattazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "name": "Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "name": "Modificare rientri di paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Impostare interlinea di paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzione di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Aggiungere bordi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare punti di tabulazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire tabelle"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire immagini"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire forme"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire grafici"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Inserire un capolettera"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Inserire numeri di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sul documento"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di documenti elettronici supportati"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa dei documenti"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Controllo ortografia"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "name": "Introducing Document Editor user interface", "headername": "Program Interface"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "name": "Scheda File"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Scheda Home"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Scheda Inserisci"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Scheda Layout di Pagina" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "name": "Scheda Riferimenti"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Collaboration tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente", "headername": "Operazioni principali"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "name": "Change color scheme"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di pagina", "headername": "Formattazione della pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzioni di sezione" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Inserire numeri di pagina"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "name": "Inserire note a piè di pagina" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere segnalibri" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", "name": "Aggiungere una filigrana"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo", "headername": "Formattazione del paragrafo" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "name": "Impostare un livello di struttura del paragarfo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", "name": "Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "name": "Modificare rientri di paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Impostare interlinea di paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzione di pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Aggiungere bordi"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare punti di tabulazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare preset di formattazione", "headername": "Formattazione del testo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Inserire un capolettera"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire tabelle", "headername": "Operazioni sugli oggetti" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", "name": "Use formulas in tables"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire immagini"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire forme"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire grafici" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Insert text objects" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", "name": "Aggiungere una didascalia" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", "name": "Inserire simboli e caratteri" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Align and arrange objects on a page" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "name": "Change wrapping style" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Insert content controls" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Use mail merge", "headername": "Unione di stampa"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Equazioni matematiche" }, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa dei documenti", "headername": "Modifica congiunta dei documenti"}, + { "src": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "name": "Document Review" }, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "name": "Compare documents"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sul documento", "headername": "Strumenti e impostazioni"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento" }, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di Document Editor"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Controllo ortografia"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su Document Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti utili"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di documenti elettronici supportati" }, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 53366be38..078ddd7bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,19 +1,25 @@  - Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor + About Document Editor - + + +
-

Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor

-

TeamLab Document Editor è un'applicazione in linea che permette di aprire e modificare i documenti - direttamente nel vostro portale TeamLab.

-

Usando TeamLab Document Editor potete effettuare diverse operazioni di modifica, - stampare i documenti modificati mantenendo tutti i dettagli di formattazione o scaricarli nei formati PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML o EPUB - salvando sul disco rigido del computer.

+
+ +
+

About Document Editor

+

Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through + and edit documents directly in your browser.

+

Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, + print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive + as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files.

+

To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window.

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 629c9cb85..03e1ad00e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -1,42 +1,72 @@  - - Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor - - - - - -
-

Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor

-

Potete sempre regolare certe impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor. Per farlo, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate.... Potete usare anche l'icona Impostazioni avanzate nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore.

-

Le impostazioni avanzate sono le seguenti:

- -

Per salvare le modifiche apportate, cliccate su Applica.

-
- + + Advanced Settings of Document Editor + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+

Advanced Settings of Document Editor

+

Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

+

The advanced settings are:

+ +

To save the changes you made, click the Apply button.

+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 8b5ec8d7a..ecac92d36 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -1,55 +1,100 @@  - - Modifica collaborativa dei documenti - - - - - -
-

Modifica collaborativa dei documenti

-

TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità di lavorare su un documento insieme con altri utenti. Questa funzionalità include:

- -

Modifica collaborativa

-

Quando un documento sta modificando da più utenti simultaneamente, i frammenti del testo modificato vengono segnati dalle linee punteggiate di colori diversi. Puntate il frammento modificato con il mouse per visualizzare il nome dell'utente che lo sta modificando al presente. Il numero di utenti che stanno lavorando sul documento corrente viene specificato nell'angolo sinistro della barra di stato - Numero di utenti. Per visualizzare chi essattamente sta modificando il file, posizionate il cursore su questa icona - i nomi degli utenti vengono visualizzati nella finestra contestuale. Se ci sono tanti utenti, fate clic su questa icona per aprire il pannello Chat con tutti gli utenti elencati.

-

Quando un utente salva le sue modifiche, una nota verrà visualizzata sulla barra di stato indicando che ci sono gli aggiornamenti disponibili. Per salvare le modifiche ed installare gli aggiornamenti, cliccate sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore. Gli aggiornamenti vengono evidenziati per permettervi di controllare le modifiche apportate.

-

Potete specificare le modifiche da evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa cliccando sull'icona File sulla barra sinistra, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e scegliete tra tutte e ultime modifiche di collaborazione. Se selezionate Tutte le modifiche, vengono evidenziate tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente. Se selezionate Ultime modifiche, vengono evidenziate solo le modifiche apportate dopo l'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva.

-

Chat

-

Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio ad altri utenti,

-
    -
  1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
    2. -
  2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
    3. -
  3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
    4. -
-

Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue Chat.

-

Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

-

Commenti

-

Per lasciare un commento,

-
    -
  1. selezionate un frammento di testo con un eventuale sbaglio o un problema,
    2. -
  2. cliccate sull'icona Commenti sulla barra sinistra per aprire il pannello Commenti e fate clic sul collegamento Aggiungi commento al documento, o
    - fate clic destro sul testo selezionato e usate l'opzione Aggiungi commento dal menu, -
    3. -
  3. inserite il testo desiderato,
    4. -
  4. cliccate sul pulsante Aggiungi commento/Aggiungi.
    5. -
-

Il commento verrà visualizzato sul pannelo a sinistra. Ogni altro utente può rispondere al commento aggiunto: fare una domanda o un riferimento al lavoro fatto. Per farlo, basta cliccare sul collegamento Aggiungi risposta al di sotto del commento.

-

Il frammento di testo commentato viene evidenziato. Per leggere il commento, cliccate sul frammento. Se desiderate disattivare questa funzionalità, cliccate sull'icona File, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e deselezionate la casella Attiva commenti in tempo reale. In questo caso il frammento commentato verrà evidenziato solo se cliccate sull'icona Commenti.

-

Potete gestire i commenti aggiunti:

- -

Nuovi commenti aggiunti da altri utenti vengono visualizzati solo dopo un clic sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore.

-

Per chiudere il pannello con i commenti, cliccate sull'icona Commenti di nuovo.

-
- + + Collaborative Document Editing + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+

Collaborative Document Editing

+

Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

+ +
+

Connecting to the online version

+

In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password.

+
+
+

Co-editing

+

Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes:

+ +

The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

+

Co-editing Mode menu

+

+ Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. +

+

When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text.

+

The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

+

When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

+

As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the Save icon icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed.

+

You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted.

+

Chat

+

You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc.

+

The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

+

To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

+
    +
  1. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar, or
    + switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat icon Chat button, +
    2. +
  2. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
    3. +
  3. press the Send button.
    4. +
+

All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

+

To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

+
+

Comments

+

It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version.

+

To leave a comment,

+
    +
  1. select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem,
    2. +
  2. + switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
    + use the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
    + right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, +
    3. +
  3. enter the needed text,
    4. +
  4. click the Add Comment/Add button.
    5. +
+

The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button.

+

If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar.

+

The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon icon.

+

You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left:

+ +

Adding mentions

+

When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk.

+

To add a mention enter the "+" or "@" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK.

+

The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification.

+

To remove comments,

+
    +
  1. click the Remove comment icon Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
    2. +
  2. select the necessary option from the menu: +
      +
    • Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have beed added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
      • +
    • Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have beed added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well.
      • +
    • Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added.
      • +
    +
    3. +
+

To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar once again.

+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..39dc6b608 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ + + + + Compare documents + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+

Compare documents

+

Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5.

+

If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows to display the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once.

+

After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file.

+

If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged.

+ +

Choose a document for comparison

+

To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison:

+
    +
  1. switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Compare button Compare button,
    2. +
  2. + select one of the following options to load the document: +
      +
    • the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button.
      • +
    • + the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. +

      Note: The direct link allows to download the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon to the right of the file name at the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation.

      +
      • +
    • the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate between the Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button.
      • +
    +
    3. +
+

When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes.

+ +

Choose the changes display mode

+

Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

+ + +

Accept or reject changes

+

Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes.

+

To accept the currently selected change you can:

+ +

To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option.

+

To reject the current change you can:

+ +

To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option.

+ +

Additional info on the comparison feature

+
Method of the comparison
+

Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character.

+

The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'.

+

Compare documents - method

+ +
Authorship of the document
+

When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one.

+ +

If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon.

+

If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes.

+ +
Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document
+

If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message.

+

In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes.

+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 1fb3a29af..b5d44b2ad 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -1,333 +1,664 @@  - Tasti di scelta rapida + Keyboard Shortcuts - + + + + +
-

Tasti di scelta rapida

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
+ +
+

Keyboard Shortcuts

+ +
Lavoro con documenti
Salva documentoCtrl+SSalvare tutte le modifiche apportate al documento attualmente modificato con TeamLab Document Editor.
RicercaCtrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
Stampa documentoCtrl+PStampare il documento usando una delle stampanti o salvarlo in un file.
Apri il pannello 'Ricerca documento'Ctrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
Apri il pannello 'Commenti'Ctrl+Shift+HAprire il pannello Commenti per aggiungere i commenti o rispondere ai commenti di altri.
Apri campo del commentoAlt+HAprire il campo per inserire il testo del commento.
Apri il pannello 'Chat'Alt+QAprire il pannello Chat ed inviare un messaggio.
Salva con (Scarica in)Ctrl+Shift+SSalvare il documento attualmente modificato sul disco rigido del computer in uno dei formati supportati: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
Schermo interoF11Visualizzazione TeamLab Document Editor a schermo intero.
Navigazione
Spostati all'inizio della rigaHomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio della riga attualmente modificata.
Spostati all'inizio del documentoCtrl+HomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio del documento attualmente modificato.
Spostati alla fine della rigaFineRimandare il cursore alla fine della riga attualmente modificata.
Spostati alla fine del documentoCtrl+FineRimandare il cursore alla fine del documento attualmente modificato.
Spostati giùPgDnMuoversi nel documento di una videata giù.
Spostati suPgUpMuoversi nel documento di una videata su.
Pagina successivaAlt+PgDnSpostarsi alla pagina successiva del documento attualmente modificato.
Pagina precedenteAlt+PgUpSpostarsi alla pagina precedente del documento attualmente modificato.
Zoom avantiCtrl++Ingrandire il documento attualmente modificato.
Zoom indietroCtrl+-Diminuire il documento attualmente modificato.
Scrittura
Fine paragrafoEnterTerminare il paragrafo corrente ed iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Working with Document
Open 'File' panelAlt+F⌥ Option+FOpen the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings.
Open 'Find and Replace' dialog boxCtrl+F^ Ctrl+F,
⌘ Cmd+F		Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document.
Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement fieldCtrl+H^ Ctrl+HOpen the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters.
Repeat the last 'Find' action⇧ Shift+F4⇧ Shift+F4,
⌘ Cmd+G,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4		Repeat the Find action which has been performed before the key combination press.
Open 'Comments' panelCtrl+⇧ Shift+H^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H		Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments.
Open comment fieldAlt+H⌥ Option+HOpen a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment.
Open 'Chat' panelAlt+Q⌥ Option+QOpen the Chat panel and send a message.
Inserisci interruzione di paginaShift+EnterAggiungere un'interruzione di pagina senza iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.Save documentCtrl+S^ Ctrl+S,
⌘ Cmd+S		Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format.
EliminaBackspace, DeleteEliminare un carattere a sinistra (Backspace) o a destra (Delete) del cursore.Print documentCtrl+P^ Ctrl+P,
⌘ Cmd+P		Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file.
Crea spazio unificatoreCtrl+Shift+SpacebarCreare uno spazio tra caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.Download As...Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S		Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
Crea segno meno unificatoreCtrl+Shift+HyphenCreare un segno meno tra i caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.Full screenF11Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen.
Help menuF1F1Open Document Editor Help menu.
Open existing file (Desktop Editors)Ctrl+OOn the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file.
Close file (Desktop Editors)Ctrl+W,
Ctrl+F4		^ Ctrl+W,
⌘ Cmd+W		Close the current document window in Desktop Editors.
Element contextual menu⇧ Shift+F10⇧ Shift+F10Open the selected element contextual menu.
Navigation
Jump to the beginning of the lineHomeHomePut the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line.
Jump to the beginning of the documentCtrl+Home^ Ctrl+HomePut the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document.
Jump to the end of the lineEndEndPut the cursor to the end of the currently edited line.
Jump to the end of the documentCtrl+End^ Ctrl+EndPut the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document.
Jump to the beginning of the previous pageAlt+Ctrl+Page UpPut the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one.
Jump to the beginning of the next pageAlt+Ctrl+Page Down⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page DownPut the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one.
Scroll downPage DownPage Down,
⌥ Option+Fn+↑		Scroll the document approximately one visible page down.
Scroll upPage UpPage Up,
⌥ Option+Fn+↓		Scroll the document approximately one visible page up.
Next pageAlt+Page Down⌥ Option+Page DownGo to the next page in the currently edited document.
Previous pageAlt+Page Up⌥ Option+Page UpGo to the previous page in the currently edited document.
Zoom InCtrl++^ Ctrl+=,
⌘ Cmd+=		Zoom in the currently edited document.
Zoom OutCtrl+-^ Ctrl+-,
⌘ Cmd+-		Zoom out the currently edited document.
Move one character to the left←←Move the cursor one character to the left.
Move one character to the right→→Move the cursor one character to the right.
Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the leftCtrl+←^ Ctrl+←,
⌘ Cmd+←		Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left.
Move one word to the rightCtrl+→^ Ctrl+→,
⌘ Cmd+→		Move the cursor one word to the right.
Move one line up↑↑Move the cursor one line up.
Move one line down↓↓Move the cursor one line down.
Annulla e RipristinaWriting
AnnullaCtrl+ZAnnullare l'ultima azione effettuata.End paragraph↵ Enter↵ ReturnEnd the current paragraph and start a new one.
RipristinaCtrl+YRipetere l'ultima azione annullata.Add line break⇧ Shift+↵ Enter⇧ Shift+↵ ReturnAdd a line break without starting a new paragraph.
Taglia, Copia ed IncollaDelete← Backspace,
Delete		← Backspace,
Delete		Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor.
TagliaCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteEliminare il frammento di testo selezionato ed inviarlo agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.Delete word to the left of cursorCtrl+← Backspace^ Ctrl+← Backspace,
⌘ Cmd+← Backspace		Delete one word to the left of the cursor.
CopiaCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertInviare il frammento di testo selezionato agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.Delete word to the right of cursorCtrl+Delete^ Ctrl+Delete,
⌘ Cmd+Delete		Delete one word to the right of the cursor.
IncollaCtrl+V, Shift+InsertInserire il frammento di testo copiato prima dagli appunti del computer nella posizione corrente. Il testo può essere copiato dallo stesso documento, da un altro documento, o da un certo altro programma.Create nonbreaking spaceCtrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ SpacebarCreate a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line.
Inserisci collegamento ipertestualeCtrl+KInserire un collegamento ipertestuale da utilizzare per passare ad un sito web.Create nonbreaking hyphenCtrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+HyphenCreate a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line.
Undo and Redo
UndoCtrl+Z^ Ctrl+Z,
⌘ Cmd+Z		Reverse the latest performed action.
RedoCtrl+Y^ Ctrl+Y,
⌘ Cmd+Y,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z		Repeat the latest undone action.
Cut, Copy, and Paste
CutCtrl+X,
⇧ Shift+Delete		⌘ Cmd+X,
⇧ Shift+Delete		Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program.
CopyCtrl+C,
Ctrl+Insert		⌘ Cmd+CSend the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program.
PasteCtrl+V,
⇧ Shift+Insert		⌘ Cmd+VInsert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program.
Insert hyperlinkCtrl+K⌘ Cmd+KInsert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address.
Copia formattazioneCtrl+Shift+CCopiare la formattazione dal frammento selezionato del testo modificato. La formattazione copiata può essere applicata ad un altro testo nello stesso documento.Copy styleCtrl+⇧ Shift+C⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+CCopy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document.
Applica formattazioneCtrl+Shift+VApplicare la formattazione copiata prima al testo nel documento modificato.Apply styleCtrl+⇧ Shift+V⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+VApply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document.
Selezione testoText Selection
Seleziona tuttoCtrl+ASelezionare tutto il testo nel documento con tabelle ed immagini.Select allCtrl+A⌘ Cmd+ASelect all the document text with tables and images.
Seleziona frammentoShift+ArrowSelezionare il testo carattere dopo carattere.Select fragment⇧ Shift+→ ←⇧ Shift+→ ←Select the text character by character.
Seleziona dal cursore all'inizio della rigaShift+HomeSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore all'inizio della riga corrente.Select from cursor to beginning of line⇧ Shift+Home⇧ Shift+HomeSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
Seleziona dal cursore alla fine della rigaShift+EndSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore alla fine della riga corrente.Select from cursor to end of line⇧ Shift+End⇧ Shift+EndSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line.
Select one character to the right⇧ Shift+→⇧ Shift+→Select one character to the right of the cursor position.
Select one character to the left⇧ Shift+←⇧ Shift+←Select one character to the left of the cursor position.
Select to the end of a wordCtrl+⇧ Shift+→Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word.
Select to the beginning of a wordCtrl+⇧ Shift+←Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word.
Select one line up⇧ Shift+↑⇧ Shift+↑Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
Select one line down⇧ Shift+↓⇧ Shift+↓Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
Select the page up⇧ Shift+Page Up⇧ Shift+Page UpSelect the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen.
Select the page down⇧ Shift+Page Down⇧ Shift+Page DownSelect the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen.
Stile testo
GrassettoCtrl+BFormattare in grassetto il frammento selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
CorsivoCtrl+IFormattare in corsivo il frammento selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
SottolineatoCtrl+USottolineare il frammento selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
ApiceCtrl+.(punto)Rendere più piccolo e sollevare il frammento selezionato.
PediceCtrl+,(virgola)Rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il frammento selezionato.
Titolo 1 - Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) - 		Applicare lo stile del titolo 1 al testo selezionato.
Titolo 2 - Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) - 		Applicare lo stile del titolo 2 al testo selezionato.
Titolo 3 - Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) - 		Applicare lo stile del titolo 3 al testo selezionato.
Elenco puntatoCtrl+Shift+LCreare un elenco puntato dal testo selezionato o iniziare un elenco nuovo.
Cancella formattazioneCtrl+SpacebarRimuovere la formattazione dal testo selezionato.
Aumenta dimensione caratteriCtrl+]Aumentare la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
Riduci dimensione caratteriCtrl+[Ridurre la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
Allinea al centro/a sinistraCtrl+EAllineare un paragrafo centrato a sinistra.
Giustifica/Allinea a sinistraCtrl+J, Ctrl+LAllineare un paragrafo giustificato a sinistra.
Allinea a destra/a sinistraCtrl+RAllineare un paragrafo allineato a destra a sinistra.
Aumenta rientroCtrl+MAumentare il riento di un paragrafo.
Riduci rientroCtrl+Shift+MRidurre il rientro di un paragrafo.
Modifica degli oggetti
Limita movimentoShift+dragLimitare il movimento dell'oggetto selezionato orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
Ruota di 15 gradiShift+drag (durante la rotazione)Limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi.
Proporzioni costantiShift+drag (durante il ridimensionamento)Mantenere le proporzioni dell'oggetto selezionato durante il ridimensionamento.
Sposta di tre pixelCtrlPremere il tasto Ctrl e utilizzare le frecce della tastiera per spostare l'oggetto selezionato di tre pixel.
Text Styling
BoldCtrl+B^ Ctrl+B,
⌘ Cmd+B		Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight.
ItalicCtrl+I^ Ctrl+I,
⌘ Cmd+I		Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt.
UnderlineCtrl+U^ Ctrl+U,
⌘ Cmd+U		Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters.
StrikeoutCtrl+5^ Ctrl+5,
⌘ Cmd+5		Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters.
SubscriptCtrl+.^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+>		Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
SuperscriptCtrl+,^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+<		Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
Heading 1 styleAlt+1⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment.
Heading 2 styleAlt+2⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment.
Heading 3 styleAlt+3⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment.
Bulleted listCtrl+⇧ Shift+L^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L,
⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L		Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one.
Remove formattingCtrl+␣ SpacebarRemove formatting from the selected text fragment.
Increase fontCtrl+]⌘ Cmd+]Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point.
Decrease fontCtrl+[⌘ Cmd+[Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point.
Align center/leftCtrl+E^ Ctrl+E,
⌘ Cmd+E		Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned.
Align justified/leftCtrl+J,
Ctrl+L		^ Ctrl+J,
⌘ Cmd+J		Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned.
Align right/leftCtrl+R^ Ctrl+RSwitch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned.
Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing)Ctrl+=Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment.
Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing)Ctrl+⇧ Shift++Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment.
Insert page breakCtrl+↵ Enter^ Ctrl+↵ ReturnInsert a page break at the current cursor position.
Increase indentCtrl+M^ Ctrl+MIndent a paragraph from the left incrementally.
Decrease indentCtrl+⇧ Shift+M^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+MRemove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally.
Add page numberCtrl+⇧ Shift+P^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+PAdd the current page number at the current cursor position.
Nonprinting charactersCtrl+⇧ Shift+Num8Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters.
Delete one character to the left← Backspace← BackspaceDelete one character to the left of the cursor.
Delete one character to the rightDeleteDeleteDelete one character to the right of the cursor.
Modifying Objects
Constrain movement⇧ Shift + drag⇧ Shift + dragConstrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically.
Set 15-degree rotation⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating)⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating)Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments.
Maintain proportions⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing)⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing)Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing.
Draw straight line or arrow⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows)⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows)Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow.
Movement by one-pixel incrementsCtrl+← → ↑ ↓Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time.
Working with Tables
Move to the next cell in a row↹ Tab↹ TabGo to the next cell in a table row.
Move to the previous cell in a row⇧ Shift+↹ Tab⇧ Shift+↹ TabGo to the previous cell in a table row.
Move to the next row↓↓Go to the next row in a table.
Move to the previous row↑↑Go to the previous row in a table.
Start new paragraph↵ Enter↵ ReturnStart a new paragraph within a cell.
Add new row↹ Tab in the lower right table cell.↹ Tab in the lower right table cell.Add a new row at the bottom of the table.
Inserting special characters
Insert formulaAlt+=Insert a formula at the current cursor position.
diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 081bbdcbb..de9acbba3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -1,42 +1,45 @@  - Visualizzazione e navigazione + View Settings and Navigation Tools - + + +
-

Visualizzazione e navigazione

-

TeamLab Document Editor fornisce certi strumenti per aiutarvi a visualizzare e navigare nel vostro documento: righelli, zoom, pulsanti di pagina precedente/successiva, indicatore del numero di pagina.

-

Regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione

-

Per regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione predefinite e impostare il modo di lavoro più conveniente, fate clic sull'icona Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate gli elementi di interfaccia da nascondere o visualizzare. - Potete usare le seguenti opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Impostazioni di visualizzazione: +

+ +
+

View Settings and Navigation Tools

+

Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc.

+

Adjust the View Settings

+

To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. + You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list:

-

La barra destra è minimizzata di default. Per espanderla, selezionate qualsiasi oggetto/testo e fate clic sull'icona della scheda attualmente attivata a destra (fate clic sull'icona ancora una volta per minimizzare la barra destra di nuovo).

-

Quando il pannello Commenti o Chat è aperto, potete rigolare la barra sinistra con un semplice trascinamento: - posizionate il puntatore del mouse sul bordo della barra sinistra (il puntatore viene trasformato nella freccia bidirezionale) e trascinate il bordo a destra per estendere la barra. Per ripristinare la larghezza predefinita spostate il bordo a sinistra.

-

Usare gli strumenti di navigazione

-

Per navigare nel documento, usate i seguenti strumenti:

-

I Righelli si usano per allineare testi, figure grafiche, tabelle e altri elementi in un documento, impostare margini, tabulazioni e rientri di paragrafo. Le zone riempite dei righelli consentono di segnare i margini della pagina. - I righelli sono visualizzati di default. Per nasconderli cliccate sull'icona Nascondi/Mostra righelli Nascondi/Mostra righelli a destra. - Questa icona è anche usata per visualizzare i righelli se sono nascosti.

-

I pulsanti di Zoom sono situati nell'angolo destro inferiore e si usano per ingrandire/diminuire il documento corrente. - Per cambiare il valore di zoom selezionato visualizzato in percentuale, cliccatelo e selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili dall'elenco o - utilizzate i pulsanti Zoom avanti Zoom avanti o Zoom indietro Zoom indietro. - Cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla larghezza Adatta alla larghezza per adattare la larghezza della pagina del documento alla videata. - Per adattare tutta la pagina del documento alla videata cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla pagina Adatta alla pagina. - Le impostazioni di zoom sono disponibili anche nell'elenco Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione. Questo può essere molto utile se decidete di nascondere la Barra di stato. -

-

I pulsanti Pagina precedente Pagina precedente e Pagina successiva Pagina successiva situati nell'angolo destro inferiore sotto la barra di scorrimento si usano per spostarvi alla pagina precedente o successiva nel documento corrente.

-

L'Indicatore del numero di pagina mostra la pagina corrente nell'insieme delle pagine del documento corrente (pagina 'n' di 'nn'). - Cliccate su questa opzione e nella finestra visualizzata inserite il numero di pagina da aprire.

+

The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again.

+

When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: + move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left.

+

Use the Navigation Tools

+

To navigate through your document, use the following tools:

+

The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. + To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list + or use the Zoom in Zoom in button or Zoom out Zoom out button buttons. + Click the Fit width Fit width button icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. + To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page Fit page button icon. + Zoom settings are also available in the View settings View settings icon drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar.

+

The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). + Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it.

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Review.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a3aabc70 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + Document Review + + + + + + + +
+
+ +
+

Document Review

+

When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature.

+

If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you.

+

If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them.

+

Enable the Track Changes feature

+

To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways:

+ +

Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights.

+

Choose the changes display mode

+

Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

+ +

Accept or reject changes

+

Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes.

+

To accept the currently selected change you can:

+ +

To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option.

+

To reject the current change you can:

+ +

To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option.

+

Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the Delete change button icon within the change balloon.

+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 95cd5b3b5..43a29ceff 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -1,37 +1,44 @@  - Ricerca e sostituzione + Search and Replace Function - + + +
-

Ricerca e sostituzione

-

Per trovare i caratteri, le parole e le frasi necessari usati nel documento modificato cliccate sull'icona Ricerca della barra sinistra.

-

Si apre la finestra Trova e sostituisci:

- Trova e sostituisci +
+ +
+

Search and Replace Function

+

To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, + click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

+

The Find and Replace window will open:

+

Find and Replace Window

    -
  1. Digitate la vostra richiesta nel campo corrispondente.
    2. -
  2. Regolate le opzioni di ricerca selezionando le caselle adatte: +
  3. Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field.
    4. +
  4. Specify search parameters by clicking the Search options icon icon and checking the necessary options:
      -
    • Sensibile al maiuscolo/minuscolo si usa per trovare solo le occorenze alle maiuscole o alle minuscole secondo come è scritto (es. se scrivete 'Editor' e selezionate questa opzione, le parole 'editor' o 'EDITOR' ecc. non vengono trovate). Per disattivare questa opzione deselezionate la casella.
      • -
    • Evidenzia risultati si usa per evidenziare tutte le occorenze trovate in una volta. Per disattivare questa opzione ed eliminare la messa in evidenza, deselezionate questa casella.
      • +
    • Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again.
      • +
    • Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again.
    -
    5. -
  5. Fate clic su uno dei pulsanti frecce a destra. - La ricerca viene effettuata verso l'inizio del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia sinistra) o verso la fine del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia destra) dalla posizione attuale. -

    Nota: se l'opzione Evidenzia risultati è attivata, usate questi pulsanti per navigare tra i risultati evidenziati.

    +
    6. +
  6. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. + The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the Left arrow button button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the Right arrow button button) from the current position. +

    Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results.

-

La prima occorenza dei caratteri richiesti nella direzione selezionata sarà evidenziata nella pagina. Se questa occorenza non è quella che cercate, fate clic sul pulsante di nuovo per passare all'occorenza successiva.

-

Per sostituire una o più occorenze dei caratteri richiesti fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci al di sotto dei pulsanti frecce. La finestra Trova e sostituisci cambia:

- Trova e sostituisci +

The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered.

+

To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

+

Find and Replace Window

    -
  1. Digitate il testo di sostituzione nel campo inferiore.
    2. -
  2. Fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci per sostituire l'occorenza selezionata o usate il pulsante Sostituisci tutto per sostituire tutte le occorenze.
    3. +
  3. Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field.
    4. +
  4. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences.
+

To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link.

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 7f0b7222f..54141d237 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -1,26 +1,42 @@  - Controllo ortografia + Spell-checking - + + +
-

Controllo ortografia

-

TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di controllare l'ortografia del vostro testo in una certa lingua e correggere gli errori durante la modifica.

-

Prima di tutto, impostate la lingua per il vostro documento. Cliccate sull'icona Imposta lingua del documento nella parte destra della Barra di stato. Nella finestra aperta selezionate la lingua necessaria e cliccate su OK. La lingua selezionata sarà applicata a tutto il documento.

-

Imposta lingua del documento

-

Per impostare una lingua diversa per un frammento, selezionate il frammento con il mouse e usate il menu Controllo ortografia - Seleziona lingua del testo sulla Barra di stato.

-

Le parole con errori vengono sottolineate in rosso.

-

Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla parola per attivare il menu contestuale e:

+
+ +
+

Spell-checking

+

Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors.

+

First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document.

+

Set Document Language window

+

To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu at the status bar.

+

To enable the spell checking option, you can:

+ +

Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line.

+

Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and:

- Spell-checking +

Spell-checking

+

To disable the spell checking option, you can:

+
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 6bf5cf3dc..90ca51559 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -1,106 +1,132 @@  - Formati di documenti elettronici supportati + Supported Formats of Electronic Documents - + + +
-

Formati di documenti elettronici supportati

-

I documenti elettronici rappresentono i file più comunamente usati. - Grazie alla rete di computer molto sviluppata è diventato possibile e anche più conveniente distribuire i documenti elettronici che i documenti stampati. - A causa della varietà dei dispositivi usati per la presentazione dei documenti ci sono numerosi formati di file proprietari e aperti. - TeamLab Document Editor supporta quelli più popolari.

+
+ +
+

Supported Formats of Electronic Documents

+

Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. + Thanks to the computer network highly developed nowadays, it's possible and more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. + Due to the variety of devices used for document presentation, there are a lot of proprietary and open file formats. + Document Editor handles the most popular of them.

- - - - + + + + - - + + - + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + + + - + - + - + + + + + + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - + - + . +
  • Distribute Vertically Distribute Vertically icon - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins.
    • + + + +

    Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options.

    +

    Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects.

    +

    Group objects

    +

    To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon Group icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list:

    + +

    Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option.

    +

    Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected.

    +

    Arrange objects

    +

    To arrange objects (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward icon Bring Forward and Send Backward icon Send Backward icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list.

    +

    To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon Bring Forward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list:

    + +

    To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon Send Backward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list:

    + +

    Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options.

    + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index af272ca39..c33e12aa4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -1,26 +1,40 @@  - Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo + Align your text in a paragraph - + + +
    -

    Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo

    -

    Il testo è di solito allineato nel seguente modo: a sinistra, a destra, al centro o giustificato. Per farlo,

    +
    + +
    +

    Align your text in a paragraph

    +

    The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
      2. -
    2. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: +
    3. place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text),
      4. +
    4. switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      5. +
    5. select the alignment type you would like to apply:
        -
      • A sinistra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato sinistro della pagina (il lato destro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a sinistra Allinea a sinistra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        • -
      • Al centro - l'allineamento del testo al centro della pagina (i lati sinistro e destro rimangono non allineati) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea al centro Allinea al centro situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        • -
      • A destra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato destro della pagina (il lato sinistro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a destra Allinea a destra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        • -
      • Giustifica - l'allineamento del testo sui lati destro e sinistro della pagina (vengono aggiunti gli spazi addizionali dove necessario per mantenere l'allineamento) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Giustifica Giustifica situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        • +
      • Left alignment with the text lined up by the left side of the page (the right side remains unaligned) is done with the Align left Align left icon icon situated at the top toolbar.
        • +
      • Center alignment with the text lined up by the center of the page (the right and the left sides remains unaligned) is done with the Align center Align center icon icon situated at the top toolbar.
        • +
      • Right alignment with the text lined up by the right side of the page (the left side remains unaligned) is done with the Align right Align right icon icon situated at the top toolbar.
        • +
      • Justified alignment with the text lined up by both the left and the right sides of the page (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done with the Justified Justify icon icon situated at the top toolbar.
    +

    The alignment parameters are also available at the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

    +
      +
    1. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar,
      2. +
    2. open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab,
      3. +
    3. select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified,
      4. +
    4. click the OK button, to apply the changes.
      5. +
    +

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 25c54a68e..3009a0082 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -1,39 +1,40 @@  - Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo + Select background color for a paragraph - + + +
    -

    Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo

    -

    Il colore sfondo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.

    -

    Per applicare un colore sfondo ad un certo paragrafo o cambiare il colore attuale,

    +
    + +
    +

    Select background color for a paragraph

    +

    Background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin.

    +

    To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one,

      -
    1. selezionate una combinazione colori per il vostro documento dalle combinazioni disponibili cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      2. -
    2. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
      3. -
    3. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra, -

      Nota: potete anche accedere alla tavolozza cliccando sul collegamento 'Mostra impostazioni avanzate' sulla barra destra o selezionando l'opzione 'Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo' dal menu contestuale, e poi passando alla scheda 'Bordi e riempimento' della finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate' e cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo.

      -
      4. -
    4. selezionate un colore dalle tavolozze disponibili: -

      Tavolozza

      -
        -
      • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori del documento.
        • -
      • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
        • -
      • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: -

        Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

        -

        Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato al paragrafo e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato.

        -
        • -
      +
    5. select a color scheme for your document from the available ones clicking the Change color scheme Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar
      6. +
    6. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination
      7. +
    7. open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: +
        +
      • click the downward arrow next to the Paragraph background color Icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, or
        • +
      • click the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar, or
        • +
      • click the 'Show advanced settings' link at the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option in the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption.
        • +
      8. +
    8. select any color in the available palettes
    -

    Per cancellare il colore sfondo di un certo paragrafo,

    +

    After you select the necessary color using the Paragraph background color Icon icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just clicking the Selected paragraph background color icon (it displays the selected color), without the necessity to choose this color on the palette again. If you use the Background Color option at the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph, while you are also using some general color selected with the help of the Paragraph background color Icon icon).

    +
    +

    To clear the background color of a certain paragraph,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
      2. -
    2. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra,
      3. -
    3. selezionate l'icona Nessun riempimento nella tavolozza.
      4. +
    4. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination
      5. +
    5. open the color palettes window clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar
      6. +
    6. select the No Fill icon.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..addc51aee --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + Change color scheme + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Change color scheme

    +

    Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document, since they are define the Theme Colors palette for document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you've applied some Theme Colors to document elements and then selected a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document change correspondingly.

    +

    To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary color scheme from the available ones: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list.

    +

    Color Schemes

    +

    Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select colors in a color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most of the document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box at the right sidebar when the necessary element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color Font color icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available:

    +

    Palette

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1954f7bce --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + Change text wrapping + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Change text wrapping

    +

    The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables.

    +

    Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes

    +

    To change the currently selected wrapping style:

    +
      +
    1. select a separate object on the page left-clicking it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it.
      2. +
    2. open the text wrapping settings: +
        +
      • switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon Wrapping icon, or
        • +
      • right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or
        • +
      • right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. select the necessary wrapping style: +
        +
      • +

        Wrapping Style - Inline Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible.

        +

        If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly:

        +
        • +

      • Wrapping Style - Square Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object.

        • +

      • Wrapping Style - Tight Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges.

        • +

      • Wrapping Style - Through Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills in the open white space within the object. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu.

        • +

      • Wrapping Style - Top and bottom Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object.

        • +

      • Wrapping Style - In front In front - the object overlaps the text.

        • +

      • Wrapping Style - Behind Behind - the text overlaps the object.

        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the necessary values and click OK.

    +

    If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts.

    +

    If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Editing Wrap Boundary

    +

    Change text wrapping for tables

    +

    For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table.

    +

    To change the currently selected wrapping style:

    +
      +
    1. right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option,
      2. +
    2. switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, +
      3. +
    3. + select one of the following options: +
        +
      • Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right.
        • +
      • Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window you can also set up the following additional parameters:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index b4dfb8c79..c4c83509f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -1,25 +1,36 @@  - Copiare/cancellare formattazione + Copy/clear text formatting - + +
    -

    Copiare/cancellare formattazione

    -

    Per copiare una certa formattazione,

    +
    + +
    +

    Copy/clear text formatting

    +

    To copy a certain text formatting,

      -
    1. selezionate il testo con la formattazione da copiare con il mouse o usando la tastiera,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. -
    3. selezionate il testo a cui desiderate applicare la stessa formattazione.
      4. +
    4. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
      5. +
    5. click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style),
      6. +
    6. select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to.
    -

    Per facilmente cancellare la formattazione applicata al testo,

    +

    To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages,

    +
      +
    1. select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard,
      2. +
    2. double-click the Copy style Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while pasting style and the Copy style icon will remain selected: Multiple copying style),
      3. +
    3. select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them,
      4. +
    4. to exit this mode, click the Copy style Multiple copying style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard.
      5. +
    +

    To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text,

      -
    1. selezionate il testo la cui formattazione desiderate cancellare,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
      3. +
    3. select the text passage which formatting you want to remove,
      4. +
    4. click the Clear style Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index fc056a22b..ae0e8b99f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -1,23 +1,56 @@  - Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni + Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions - + + +
    -

    Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni

    -

    Per effettuare queste operazioni, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

    +
    + +
    +

    Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions

    +

    Use basic clipboard operations

    +

    To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) within the current document use the corresponding options from the right-click menu or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

    -

    Nota: per motivi di sicurezza certi browser non permettono di accedere agli appunti del tuo computer. Quindi quando provate ad effettuare una di queste operazioni il programma vi richiederà di utilizzare i tasti di scelta rapida comuni per tutti i browser: Ctrl+X per tagliare, Ctrl+C per copiare, Ctrl+V per incollare.

    +

    In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations:

    + +

    Note: instead of cutting and pasting text within the same document you can just select the necessary text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position.

    +

    Use the Paste Special feature

    +

    Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

    +

    When pasting the paragraph text or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available:

    + +

    If you paste the copied table into an existing table, the following options are available:

    + +

    Undo/redo your actions

    +

    To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the editor header or keyboard shortcuts:

    + +

    + Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. +

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 5a69b2ffd..b12aa7b83 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -1,30 +1,111 @@  - Creare elenchi + Create lists - + + -
    -

    Creare elenchi

    -

    Per creare un elenco nel vostro documento,

    -
      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate iniziare un elenco (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo già digitato),
      2. -
    2. selezionate il tipo elenco da creare: -
        -
      • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori si crea usando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore
        • -
      • Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere si crea usando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore -

        Nota: cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

        -
        • -
      -
      3. -
    3. adesso quando premete il tasto Enter alla fine della riga viene creata automaticamente la voce di elenco successiva. Per terminare l'elenco, premete il tasto Backspace e continuate il lavoro.
      4. -
    -

    Potete anche cambiare il rientro del testo negli elenchi e il loro annidamento usando l'icona Struttura Struttura, Riduci rientro Riduci rientro, e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    Nota: i parametri addizionali del rientro e della spaziatura possono essere cambiate sulla barra destra e nella finestra di impostazioni avanzate. Per saperne di più leggete la sezione Cambiare rientri di paragrafo e Impostare interlinea di paragrafo.

    -
    +
    +
    + +
    +

    Create lists

    +

    To create a list in your document,

    +
      +
    1. place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text),
      2. +
    2. switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. + select the list type you would like to start: +
        +
      • Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets Unordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar
        • +
      • + Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering Ordered List icon icon situated at the top toolbar +

        Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
      5. +
    +

    The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them.

    +

    You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list Multilevel list icon, Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section.

    + +

    Join and separate lists

    +

    To join a list to the preceding one:

    +
      +
    1. click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button,
      2. +
    2. use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu.
      3. +
    +

    The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering.

    + +

    To separate a list:

    +
      +
    1. click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button,
      2. +
    2. use the Separate list option from the contextual menu.
      3. +
    +

    The list will be separated, and the numbering in the second list will begin anew.

    + +

    Change numbering

    +

    To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering:

    +
      +
    1. click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button,
      2. +
    2. use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu.
      3. +
    +

    The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering.

    + +

    To set a certain numbering initial value:

    +
      +
    1. click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button,
      2. +
    2. use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu,
      3. +
    3. in a new window that opens, set the necessary numeric value and click the OK button.
      4. +
    + +

    Change the list settings

    +

    To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color:

    +
      +
    1. click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list,
      2. +
    2. click the Bullets Unordered List icon or Numbering Ordered List icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. select the List Settings option,
      4. +
    4. + the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: +

      Bulleted List Settings window

      +

      The numbered list settings window looks like this:

      +

      Numbered List Settings window

      +

      For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists.

      +
        +
      • Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
        • +
      • Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
        • +
      • Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right.
        • +
      • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96.
        • +
      • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
        • +
      +

      All the changes are displayed in the Preview field.

      +
      5. +
    5. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
      6. +
    +

    To change the multilevel list settings,

    +
      +
    1. click a list item,
      2. +
    2. click the Multilevel list Multilevel list icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. select the List Settings option,
      4. +
    4. + the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: +

      Multilevel List Settings window

      +

      Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level:

      +
        +
      • Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list or the necessary character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
        • +
      • Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them at the beginning of the paragraph. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right.
        • +
      • Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96.
        • +
      • Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color.
        • +
      +

      All the changes are displayed in the Preview field.

      +
      5. +
    5. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window.
      6. +
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc4d4346f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + + Create a Table of Contents + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Create a Table of Contents

    +

    A table of contents contains a list of all chapters (sections etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter is started. This allows to easily navigate through a multi-page document quickly switching to the necessary part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the base of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without the necessity to edit headings and change page numbers manually if the document text has been changed.

    +

    Define the heading structure

    +

    Format headings

    +

    First of all, format headings in you document using one of the predefined styles. To do that,

    +
      +
    1. Select the text you want to include into the table of contents.
      2. +
    2. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. Click the style you want to apply. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. +

      Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, you can refer to this page.

      +
      4. +
    + +

    Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon Navigation icon at the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows to easily navigate between headings in the document text as well as manage the heading structure.

    +

    Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu:

    +

    Navigation panel

    + +

    To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings.

    +

    To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon Navigation icon at the left sidebar once again.

    +

    Insert a Table of Contents into the document

    +

    To insert a table of contents into your document:

    +
      +
    1. Position the insertion point where you want to add the table of contents.
      2. +
    2. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. Click the Table of Contents icon Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar, or
      + click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. +

      Table of Contents options

      +

      Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings.

      +
      4. +
    +

    The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the Table of Contents content control button button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

    +

    Moving the table of contents

    +

    To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page.

    +

    Adjust the created Table of Contents

    +

    Refresh the Table of Contents

    +

    After the table of contents is created, you may continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the preceding or subsequent section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents.

    +

    Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon Refresh icon at the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu:

    + +

    Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options.

    +

    Refreshing the table of contents

    +

    It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu.

    +

    Contextual menu

    +

    Adjust the Table of Contents settings

    +

    To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways:

    + +

    A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings:

    +

    Table of Contents settings window

    + +

    Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes.

    +

    Customize the Table of Contents style

    +

    After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need.

    +
      +
    1. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the Table of Contents content control button button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control.
      2. +
    2. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles.
      3. +
    3. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). +

      Update Table of Contents style

      +
      4. +
    4. Refresh the table of contents.
      5. +
    +

    Remove the Table of Contents

    +

    To remove the table of contents from the document:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index 7103d7213..1b315857e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -1,72 +1,68 @@  - Applicare stili di decorazione + Apply font decoration styles - + +
    -

    Applicare stili di decorazione

    -

    Potete applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri diversi usando le icone corrispondenti situate sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera ed applicate la formattazione.

    +
    + +
    +

    Apply font decoration styles

    +

    You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

    FormatiDescrizioneVisualizzazioneModificaFormatsDescriptionViewEdit Download
    DOCEstensione file per i documenti creati da Microsoft Word+Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + +
    DOCXOffice Open XML
    Formato file archiviato basato su XML sviluppato da Microsoft per la rappresentazione dei fogli elettronici, tabelle, presentazioni e documenti di testo    		Office Open XML
    Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents    		 + + +
    DOTXWord Open XML Document Template
    Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting    		+++
    ODTFormato file di testo di OpenDocument, uno standard aperto per i documenti elettroniciWord processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + +
    OTTOpenDocument Document Template
    OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting    		+++
    RTFRich Text Format
    Formato file di testo sviluppato da Microsoft per l'interscambio dei documenti tra le piattaforme    		Rich Text Format
    Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange    		 + + +
    TXTEstensione file per i file di testo di solito con dati poco formattatiFilename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + +
    PDFPortable Document Format
    Formato file usato per rappresentare i documenti nel modo indipendente dai software, hardware e sistemi operativi    		Portable Document Format
    File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems    		 + +
    PDF/APortable Document Format / A
    An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents.     		++
    HTMLHyperText Markup Language
    Linguaggio principale di marcatura delle pagine web    		HyperText Markup Language
    The main markup language for web pages    		 ++in the online version
    EPUBElectronic Publication
    Standard e-book gratuito e aperto creato dal forum internazionale di editoria digitale    		Electronic Publication
    Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum    		 +
    XPSOpen XML Paper Specification
    Formato file aperto libero da brevetti creato da Microsoft    		Open XML Paper Specification
    Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft    		 +
    DjVuFormato file specialmente progettato per memorizzare i documenti scansionati, sopratutto che contengono un insieme del testo, dei disegni e delle fotografieFile format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +
    - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + +
    Aumenta dimensione caratteriAumenta dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più grandi ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.BoldBoldIs used to make the font bold giving it more weight.
    Riduci dimensione caratteriRiduci dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più piccoli di un punto ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.ItalicItalicIs used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt.
    GrassettoGrassettoSi usa per formattare in grassetto il testo selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.UnderlineUnderlineIs used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters.
    CorsivoCorsivoSi usa per formattare in corsivo il testo selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.StrikeoutStrikeoutIs used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters.
    SottolineatoSottolineatoSi usa per sottolineare il testo selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.SuperscriptSuperscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions.
    BarratoBarratoSi usa per barrare il testo selezionato da una linea che passa attraverso le lettere.
    ApiceApiceSi usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
    PedicePediceSi usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.SubscriptSubscriptIs used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas.
    -

    Per accedere alle impostazioni avanzate, cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate dove passate alla scheda Tipo di caratteri.

    -

    Qui potete usare i seguenti stili e parametri per la formattazione dei caratteri:

    +

    To access advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will open where you need to switch to the Font tab.

    +

    Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings:

    -

    Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Tipo di caratteri

    +

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Font

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 4dbb0580f..0c604481e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -1,39 +1,54 @@  - Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore + Set font type, size, and color - + +
    -

    Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore

    -

    Potete selezionare il tipo caratteri, la loro dimensione e il colore usando le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione ad un testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera e applicate la formattazione.

    +
    + +
    +

    Set font type, size, and color

    +

    You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting.

    - - - + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - - - - - - + + +
    Nome tipo di carattereNome tipo di carattereSi usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco a discesa.FontFontIs used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version.
    Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereSi usa per selezionare un valore preimpostato dall'elenco a discesa, può essere anche inserita a mano nel campo della dimensione carattere.Font sizeFont sizeIs used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter.
    Increment font sizeIncrement font sizeIs used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the button is pressed.
    Decrement font sizeDecrement font sizeIs used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the button is pressed.
    Highlight colorHighlight colorIs used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates highlighter pen effect around the text. You can select the necessary part of the text and then click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color on the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the text selection. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this Mouse pointer while highlighting and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting just click the icon once again. To clear the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. Highlight color is different from the Background color Paragraph background color icon as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin.
    Colore evidenziatoreColore evidenziatoreSi usa per cambiare lo sfondo usato per le frasi, le parole oppure i caratteri separati. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. Per cancellare il colore sfondo, selezionate l'opzione Nessun riempimento. Il Colore evidenziatore è diverso dal Colore sfondo perché l'ultimo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.
    Colore caratteriColore caratteriSi usa per cambiare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. I colori delle tavolozze dipendono dalla combinazione colori scelta cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.Font colorFont colorIs used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color into black, the font color will automatically change into white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors on the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage.
    +

    Note: to learn more about the work with color palettes, please refer to this page.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index c797fe7d6..7d1a4cd95 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -1,21 +1,72 @@  - Applicare preset di formattazione + Apply formatting styles - + + +
    -

    Applicare preset di formattazione

    -

    Per applicare uno dei preset di formattazione di testo disponibili,

    +
    + +
    +

    Apply formatting styles

    +

    Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document.

    +

    Style application depends on whether a style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or the text style (based on the font type, size, color), as well as on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is positioned within a word. In some cases you might need to select the necessary style from the style library twice so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style at the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied.

    +

    Use default styles

    +

    To apply one of the available text formatting styles,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nella riga o selezionate più righe o paragrafi a cui desiderate applicare uno dei preset di formattazione,
      2. -
    2. selezionate il preset necessario a destra sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
      3. +
    3. place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to,
      4. +
    4. select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
    -

    I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: normal (normale), no spacing (senza spaziatura), heading 1-9 (titolo 1-9), title (titolo pagina), subtitle (sottotitolo), quote (citazione), intense quote (citazione intensa), list paragraph (paragrafo elenco).

    -

    Preset di formattazione

    +

    The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text.

    +

    Formatting styles

    +

    Edit existing styles and create new ones

    +

    To change an existing style:

    +
      +
    1. Apply the necessary style to a paragraph.
      2. +
    2. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need.
      3. +
    3. Save the changes made: +
        +
      • right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1),
        • +
      • or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly.

    +

    To create a completely new style:

    +
      +
    1. Format a text passage as you need.
      2. +
    2. Select an appropriate way to save the style: +
        +
      • right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option,
        • +
      • or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: +

      Create New Style window

      +
        +
      • Specify the new style name in the text entry field.
        • +
      • Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option.
        • +
      • Click the OK button.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    The created style will be added to the style gallery.

    +

    Manage your custom styles:

    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index b5644d7c3..4c79fccde 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -1,165 +1,216 @@  - Inserire forme + Insert autoshapes - + +
    -

    Inserire forme

    -

    Per inserire una forma in un documento,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert autoshapes

    +

    Insert an autoshape

    +

    To add an autoshape to your document,

      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      2. -
    2. selezionate uno dei gruppi disponibili: Figure di base, Frecce decorate, Matematica, Grafici, Stelle e nastri, Callout, Bottoni, Rettangoli, Linee,
      3. -
    3. cliccate sulla forma necessaria dal gruppo selezionato,
      4. -
    4. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserirlo, -
      5. -
    5. una volta aggiunta la forma potete cambiare la sua dimensione, la posizione e le proprietà. -

      Nota: per scrivere un testo nella forma assicuratevi che la forma è selezionata nella pagina e cominciate a scrivere il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).

      +
    6. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      7. +
    7. click the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar,
      8. +
    8. select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines,
      9. +
    9. click the necessary autoshape within the selected group,
      10. +
    10. place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put,
      11. +
    11. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. +

      Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it).

    -

    Rimodellare formaPer cambiare la dimensione della forma, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

    -

    Quando modificate certe forme, ad esempio Frecce decorate o Callout, è anche disponibile l'icona a forma di diamante giallo Diamante giallo. Questa icona permette di regolare certi aspetti della forma, ad esempio, la lunghezza della testa di una freccia.

    -

    Per alterare la posizione della forma, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse. - Per spostare la forma di tre pixel, premete il tasto Ctrl e usate le frecce della tastiera. - Per spostare la forma precisamente orizzontalmente/verticalmente, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante lo spostamento.

    -

    Per ruotare la forma, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

    -
    -

    Per allineare e disporre le forme, usate il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

    +

    It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article.

    +

    Move and resize autoshapes

    +

    Reshaping autoshapeTo change the autoshape size, drag small squares Square icon situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. +

    When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped Yellow diamond icon icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow.

    +

    To alter the autoshape position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. + When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). + To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. + To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging.

    +

    To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

    +

    + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

    +
    +

    Adjust autoshape settings

    +

    To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    -

    Certe impostazioni della forma possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni scheda sulla barra destra che appare se cliccate sulla forma selezionata con il tasto sinistro del mouse. Qui potete cambiare le seguenti impostazioni:

    +

    Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

    -

    Impostazioni forma

    -
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2cf4b15ba --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + Add bookmarks + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Add bookmarks

    +

    Bookmarks allow to quickly jump to a certain position in the current document or add a link to this location within the document.

    +

    To add a bookmark within a document:

    +
      +
    1. specify the place where you want the bookmark to be added: +
        +
      • put the mouse cursor at the beginning of the necessary text passage, or
        • +
      • select the necessary text passage,
        • +
      +
      2. +
    2. switch to the References tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. click the Bookmark icon Bookmark icon at the top toolbar,
      4. +
    4. in the Bookmarks window that opens, enter the Bookmark name and click the Add button - a bookmark will be added to the bookmark list displayed below, +

      Note: the bookmark name should begin wish a letter, but it can also contain numbers. The bookmark name cannot contain spaces, but can include the underscore character "_".

      +

      Bookmarks window

      +
      5. +
    +

    To go to one of the added bookmarks within the document text:

    +
      +
    1. click the Bookmark icon Bookmark icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. in the Bookmarks window that opens, select the bookmark you want to jump to. To easily find the necessary bookmark in the list you can sort the list by bookmark Name or by Location of a bookmark within the document text,
      3. +
    3. check the Hidden bookmarks option to display hidden bookmarks in the list (i.e. the bookmarks automatically created by the program when adding references to a certain part of the document. For example, if you create a hyperlink to a certain heading within the document, the document editor automatically creates a hidden bookmark to the target of this link).
      4. +
    4. click the Go to button - the cursor will be positioned in the location within the document where the selected bookmark was added, or the corresponding text passage will be selected,
      5. +
    5. + click the Get Link button - a new window will open where you can press the Copy button to copy the link to the file which specifyes the bookmark location in the document. When you paste this link in a browser address bar and press Enter, the document will open in the location where the selected bookmark was added. +

      Bookmarks window

      +

      Note: if you want to share this link with other users, you'll also need to provide corresponding access rights to the file for certain users using the Sharing option at the Collaboration tab.

      +
      6. +
    6. click the Close button to close the window.
      7. +
    +

    To delete a bookmark select it in the bookmark list and use the Delete button.

    +

    To find out how to use bookmarks when creating links please refer to the Add hyperlinks section.

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index f6ce02fdf..cd976a44f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -1,95 +1,264 @@  - Inserire grafici + Insert charts - + + +
    -

    Inserire grafici

    -

    Per inserire un grafico nel documento,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert charts

    +

    Insert a chart

    +

    To insert a chart into your document,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il vostro grafico,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci grafico Inserisci grafico sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. -
    3. selezonate il tipo grafico necessario - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile,
      4. -
    4. dopo questo si apre la finestra Modifica grafico dove potete inserire i dati necessari nelle celle usando i seguenti controlli: +
    5. put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart,
      6. +
    6. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      7. +
    7. click the Chart icon Chart icon at the top toolbar,
      8. +
    8. select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, +

      Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available.

      +
      9. +
    9. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls:
        -
      • Copia e Incolla per copiare ed incollare i dati copiati
        • -
      • Annulla e Ripristina per annullare e ripristinare le azioni
        • -
      • Inserisci funzione per inserire una funzione
        • -
      • Diminuisci decimali e Aumenta decimali per diminuire e aumentare i decimali
        • -
      • Formato numerico per cambiare il formato numerico, cioè il modo da presentare i dati inseriti nelle celle
        • -
      -

      Modifica grafico

      -
      10. -
    10. regolate le impostazioni del grafico cliccando sul pulsante Modifica grafico nella finestra Modifica grafico. Si apre la finestra Impostazioni grafico. Nella scheda Tipo di grafico, stile e intervallo di dati potete regolare le seguenti impostazioni: -

      Impostazioni grafico

      -
        -
      • Tipo e stile grafico - selezonate il tipo grafico da inserire - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile.
        • -
      • Intervallo di dati - verificate l'intervallo di celle selezionato, modificatelo, se necessario, e selezionate il modo di ordinare i dati. Potete selezionare sia Serie di dati nelle righe sia Serie di dati nelle colonne da utilizzare sull'asse X.
        • -
      -

      Impostazioni grafico

      -

      La scheda Elementi di grafico e legenda di grafico vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Elementi di grafico - specificate un Titolo di grafico e gli elementi da visualizzare: Valori di grafico, Bordi di grafico, Asse e Linee di griglia e anche cambiate i titoli di assi nei campi corrispondenti.
        • -
      • Legenda di grafico - specificate se visualizzare la legenda per il vostro grafico o non. Se desiderate visualizzare la legenda, lasciate selezionata la casella corrispondente e specificate la sua posizione rispetto al grafico selezionando l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa: In basso, In alto, A destra, A sinistra.
        • +
      • Copy and Paste for copying and pasting the copied data
        • +
      • Undo and Redo for undoing and redoing actions
        • +
      • Insert function for inserting a function
        • +
      • Decrease decimal and Increase decimal for decreasing and increasing decimal places
        • +
      • Number format for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells
      +

      Chart Editor window

      11. +
    11. change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. +

      Chart - Advanced Settings window

      +

      The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart.

      +
        +
      • Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock.
        • +
      • Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4.
        • +
      • Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns.
        • +
      +

      Chart - Advanced Settings window

      +

      The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements.

      +
        +
      • + Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: +
          +
        • None to not display a chart title,
          • +
        • Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area,
          • +
        • No Overlay to display the title above the plot area.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: +
          +
        • None to not display a legend,
          • +
        • Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area,
          • +
        • Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area,
          • +
        • Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area,
          • +
        • Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area,
          • +
        • Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area,
          • +
        • Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters:
        +
          +
        • specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. +
            +
          • For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top.
            • +
          • For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom.
            • +
          • For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top.
            • +
          • For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value,
          • +
        • enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines.
        • +
      • + Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. +

        Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only.

        +
        • +
      • + The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: +
          +
        • + Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: +
            +
          • None to not display a horizontal axis title,
            • +
          • No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • + Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: +
            +
          • None to not display a vertical axis title,
            • +
          • Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis,
            • +
          • Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis.
            • +
          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • + The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. +

        Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines.

        +
        • +
      +

      Chart - Advanced Settings window

      +

      Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes.

      +

      The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

      +
        +
      • The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: +
          +
        • Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
          • +
        • Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right.
          • +
        • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis.
          • +
        • Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units.
          • +
        • Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: +
          +
        • None to not display major/minor tick marks,
          • +
        • Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis,
          • +
        • In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis,
          • +
        • Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: +
          +
        • None to not display tick mark labels,
          • +
        • Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area,
          • +
        • High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area,
          • +
        • Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Chart - Advanced Settings window

      +

      The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes.

      +
        +
      • The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: +
          +
        • Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis.
          • +
        • Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks.
          • +
        • Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: +
          +
        • Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis.
          • +
        • Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. +
          +
        • Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis.
          • +
        • Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is.
          • +
        • Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Chart - Advanced Settings

      +

      The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart.

      +
    -

    Spostamento graficoUna volta inserito il grafico potete cambiare la sua dimensione e la posizione. Per cambiare la dimensione del grafico, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

    -

    Per alterare la posizione del grafico, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sul grafico. Trascinate il grafico nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

    -
    -

    Impostazioni grafico -

    Certe impostazioni del grafico possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni grafico della barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sul grafico, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni grafico Impostazioni grafico a destra e regolate le seguente impostazioni, se necessario:

    +

    Move and resize charts

    +

    Moving chartOnce the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares Square icon situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    +

    To alter the chart position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

    +

    + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

    +
    +

    Edit chart elements

    +

    To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead.

    +

    To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style.

    +

    When the chart is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type.

    +

    + Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. + When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. +

    +

    Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements.

    +

    To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    +

    You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

    +

    3D chart

    +
    +

    Adjust chart settings

    +

    Chart Settings tab

    +

    Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings Chart settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

    -

    Certe impostazioni sono disponibili anche nel menu contestuale. Le impostazioni da regolare sono le seguenti:

    +

    Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    +
  • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
    • +
  • Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page.
    • +
  • Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page.
    • +
  • Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts.
    • +
  • Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window.
    • +
  • Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window.
    • +
    -

    Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sul grafico con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

    -

    Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

    -

    La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +

    To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open:

    +

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Size

    +

    The Size tab contains the following parameters:

    -

    Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

    -

    La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Text Wrapping

    +

    The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

    -

    Se selezionate lo stile quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto avrete la possibilità di impostare certi parametri addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

    -

    Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

    -

    La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

    +

    If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right).

    +

    Chart - Advanced Settings: Position

    +

    The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style:

    +

    Chart - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2a6e1496 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,169 @@ + + + + Insert content controls + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert content controls

    +

    Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted etc.

    +

    Note: the possibility to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the open source version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them.

    +

    Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box.

    + +

    Adding content controls

    +
    Create a new Plain Text content control
    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added,
      or select a text passage you want to become the control contents.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Plain Text option from the menu.
      5. +
    +

    The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Replace the default text within the control ("Your text here") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc.

    +

    New plain text content control

    +
    Create a new Rich Text content control
    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added,
      or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Rich Text option from the menu.
      5. +
    +

    The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control ("Your text here") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc.

    +

    Rich text content control

    +
    Create a new Picture content control
    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Picture option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
      5. +
    5. click the Insert image icon image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open.
      6. +
    +

    The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the Insert image icon image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image.

    +

    New picture content control

    +
    Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control
    +

    The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created in nearly the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced with your own one.

    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
      5. +
    5. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
      6. +
    6. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. +

      Combo box settings window

      +
      7. +
    7. + to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the window that opens: +

      Combo box - adding value

      +
        +
      1. specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document.
        2. +
      2. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item.
        3. +
      3. click the OK button.
        4. +
      +
      8. +
    8. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button.
      9. +
    9. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window.
      10. +
    +

    New combo box content control

    +

    You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text replacing it with your own one entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow to edit the selected item.

    +

    Combo box content control

    +
    Create a new Date content control
    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Date option from the menu - the control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point.
      5. +
    5. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
      6. +
    6. + in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Date format tab. +

      Date settings window

      +
      7. +
    7. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list.
      8. +
    8. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window.
      9. +
    +

    New date content control

    +

    You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date.

    +

    Date content control

    +
    Create a new Check box content control
    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added.
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
      4. +
    4. choose the Check box option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point.
      5. +
    5. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
      6. +
    6. + in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Check box tab. +

      Check box settings window

      +
      7. +
    7. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article.
      8. +
    8. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window.
      9. +
    +

    The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode.

    +

    New Check box content control

    +

    If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list.

    +

    Check box content control

    + +

    Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version.

    + +

    Moving content controls

    +

    Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

    +

    Moving content control

    +

    You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

    + +

    Editing plain text and rich text content controls

    +

    Text within the plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops.

    + +

    Changing content control settings

    +

    No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window.

    +

    To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways:

    + +

    A new window will open. At the General tab, you can adjust the following settings:

    +

    Content Control settings window - General

    + +

    At the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings:

    +

    Content Control settings window - Locking

    + +

    For certain types of content controls, the third tab is also available that contains the settings specific for the selected content control type only: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls.

    +

    Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes.

    +

    It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color:

    +
      +
    1. Click the button to the left of the control border to select the control,
      2. +
    2. Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu,
      4. +
    4. Select the necessary color on the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option.
      5. +
    +

    The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document.

    +

    Removing content controls

    +

    To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways:

    + +

    To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 655e1ca3c..538529e69 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -1,61 +1,67 @@  - Inserire un capolettera + Insert a drop cap - + + +
    -

    Inserire un capolettera

    -

    Un Capolettera è la prima lettera di un paragrafo di dimensione maggiore che gli altri.

    -

    Per inserire una capolettera,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert a drop cap

    +

    A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height.

    +

    To add a drop cap,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. -
    3. selezionate l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa aperto: +
    4. put the cursor within the paragraph you need,
      5. +
    5. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      6. +
    6. click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar,
      7. +
    7. in the opened drop-down list select the option you need:
        -
      • Nel testo Inserisci capolettera - Nel testo - per inserire il capolettera nel paragrafo.
        • -
      • Nel margine Inserisci capolettera - Nel margine - per inserire il capolettera nel margine sinistro.
        • +
      • In Text Insert Drop Cap - In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph.
        • +
      • In Margin Insert Drop Cap - In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin.
    -

    Esempio di capoletteraLa lettera iniziale del paragrafo selezionato sarà trasformata in un capolettera. Se desiderate aggiungere più lettere ad un capolettera, fatelo a mano: selezionatelo e digitate gli altri caratteri.

    -

    Per regolare l'aspetto del capolettera (es. dimensione, tipo, stile o colore), selezionatela e usate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    Il capolettera selezionato ha una cornice (un contenitore usato per posizionare il capolettera nella pagina). Potete velocemente cambiare la dimensione della cornice trascinando i suoi bordi o la sua posizione usando l'icona Freccia che appare quando puntate con il mouse la cornice.

    -

    Per eliminare il capolettera aggiunto, selezionatelo, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Nessuno Inserisci capolettera - Nessuno dall'elenco a discesa.

    +

    Drop Cap exampleThe first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need.

    +

    To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame.

    +

    To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None Insert Drop Cap - None option from the drop-down list.

    -

    Per regolare i parametri del capolettera, selezionatela, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni capolettera dall'elenco a discesa. Si apre la finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate:

    - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Capolettera vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

    +

    To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open:

    +

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters:

    - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Bordi e riempimento vi permette di aggiungere un bordo attorno al capolettera e regolare le sue proprietà. Sono le seguenti:

    +

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following:

    - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Margini vi permette di impostare la distanza tra il capolettera e i bordi In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (se i bordi sono stati aggiunti prima).

    +

    Drop Cap - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added).

    -

    Dopo aver aggiunto il capolettera potete cambiare anche i parametri della Cornice. Per farlo, fate clic destro sulla cornice e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della cornice dal menu. Si apre la finestra Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate:

    - Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Cornice vi permette di regolare le sequenti impostazioni:

    +

    Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open:

    +

    Frame - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters:

    -

    Le schede Bordi e riempimento e Margini vi permettono di regolare le impostazioni uguali a quelle presenti nelle stesse schede della finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate.

    +

    The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3781d1798 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + + + + Insert equations + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert equations

    +

    Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.).

    +

    Add a new equation

    +

    To insert an equation from the gallery,

    +
      +
    1. put the cursor within the necessary line ,
      2. +
    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. click the arrow next to the Equation icon Equation icon at the top toolbar,
      4. +
    4. in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices,
      5. +
    5. click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates.
      6. +
    +

    The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the Align Left icon or Align Right icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    + Inserted Equation +

    Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline Equation Placeholder. You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values.

    +

    Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut.

    +

    It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, you can refer to this article.

    +

    Enter values

    +

    The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down.

    +

    If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter.

    + Edited Equation +

    Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: +

    +

    +

    Edited Equation

    +

    To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

    + +

    Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \sqrt(4&x^3).

    +

    When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically.

    +

    If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option.

    +

    Format equations

    +

    To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the Increment font size and Decrement font size buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly.

    +

    The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants.

    + Edited Equation +

    To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

    + +

    To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options:

    + +

    Delete equation elements

    +

    To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    +

    A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to.

    +

    To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    + Delete Equation +

    To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c41ae5ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ + + + + Insert footnotes + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert footnotes

    +

    You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc.

    +

    To insert a footnote into your document,

    +
      +
    1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to,
      2. +
    2. switch to the References tab of the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. click the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or
      + click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, +

      The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page.

      +
      4. +
    4. type in the footnote text.
      5. +
    +

    Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically.

    +

    Footnotes

    +

    If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears.

    +

    Footnote text

    +

    To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text,

    +
      +
    1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. in the Go to Footnotes section, use the Previous footnote icon arrow to go to the previous footnote or the Next footnote icon arrow to go to the next footnote.
      3. +
    +
    +

    To edit the footnotes settings,

    +
      +
    1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
      3. +
    3. change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: +

      Footnotes Settings window

      +
        +
      • Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: +
          +
        • Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default).
          • +
        • Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Adjust the footnotes Format: +
          +
        • Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,....
          • +
        • Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with.
          • +
        • Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: +
            +
          • Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document,
            • +
          • Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section,
            • +
          • Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. +

        Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. When ready, click the Apply button.
      5. +
    + +
    +

    To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

    +

    To delete all the footnotes in the document,

    +
      +
    1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu.
      3. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index 9d4c4f914..5b94c4e9e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -1,32 +1,43 @@  - Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina + Insert headers and footers - + +
    -

    Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina

    -

    Per inserire un'intestazione o un piè di pagina nel vostro documento o modificare quelli esistenti,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert headers and footers

    +

    To add a header or footer to your document or edit the existing one,

      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      2. -
    2. selezionate una delle opzioni seguenti: +
    3. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      4. +
    4. click the Header/Footer icon Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar,
      5. +
    5. select one of the following options:
        -
      • Modifica intestazione per inserire o modificare il testo d'intestazione.
        • -
      • Modifica piè di pagina per inserire o modificare il testo di piè di pagina.
        • +
      • Edit Header to insert or edit the header text.
        • +
      • Edit Footer to insert or edit the footer text.
      6. -
    6. regolate i parametri attuali per intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra destra: la posizione del testo rispetto alla parte superiore (per intestazioni) o alla parte inferiore (per piè di pagina) della pagina. - Potete selezionare anche la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per applicare un'intestazione o un piè di pagina diverso alla prima pagina o se non desiderate inserire nessuna intestazione/piè di pagina. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire le intestazioni/piè di pagina diverse nelle pagine pari e dispari. -

      Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazioni e piè di pagina

      +
    7. change the current parameters for headers or footers at the right sidebar: +

      Right Sidebar - Header and Footer Settings

      +
        +
      • Set the Position of text relative to the top (for headers) or bottom (for footers) of the page.
        • +
      • Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all.
        • +
      • Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages.
        • +
      • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed.
        • +
      +

      Same as previous label

    -

    Per inserire un testo o modificare il testo già inserito e configurare le impostazioni delle intestazioni e dei piè di pagina, potete anche fare doppio clic all'interno della parte superiore o inferiore di una pagina o cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare l'unica opzione presente nel menu - Modifica intestazione o Modifica piè di pagina.

    -

    Per passare al corpo del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro. Il testo usato per intestazione o piè di pagina viene colorato di grigio.

    -

    Nota: visitate la sezione Inserire numeri di pagina per sapere come fare per aggiungere i numeri di pagina al vostro documento.

    +

    To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click within the upper or lower part of a page or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer.

    +

    To switch to the document body, double-click within the working area. The text you use as a header or footer will be displayed in gray.

    +

    Note: please refer to the Insert page numbers section to learn how to add page numbers to your document.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 49e5d1625..e7225051d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -1,78 +1,144 @@  - Inserire immagini + Insert images - + + +
    -

    Inserire immagini

    -

    TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di inserire le immagini nei formati più popolari. I formati supportati sono i seguenti: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    -

    Per inserire un'immagine nel vostro documento,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert images

    +

    In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    +

    Insert an image

    +

    To insert an image into the document text,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore dove desiderate inserire la vostra immagine,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci immagine Inserisci immagine sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. -
    3. selezionate una delle opzioni per caricare l'immagine: +
    4. place the cursor where you want the image to be put,
      5. +
    5. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      6. +
    6. click the Image icon Image icon at the top toolbar,
      7. +
    7. select one of the following options to load the image:
        -
      • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da file per aprire la finestra standard di selezione file. Sfogliate il disco rigido del vostro computer per trovare il file necessario e cliccate su Apri
        • -
      • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da URL per aprire la finestra, inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine e cliccare su OK
        • +
      • the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button
        • +
      • the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button
        • +
      • the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button
      8. -
    8. dopo aver aggiunto l'immagine potete modificare la sua dimensione, le proprietà e la posizione.
      9. +
    9. once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position.
    -

    Spostamento immaginePer cambiare la dimensione dell'immagine, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto, premete e tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante il ridimensionamento.

    -

    Per alterare la posizione dell'immagine, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

    -

    Per ruotare l'immagine, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

    -
    -

    Impostazioni immagineCerte impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra destra. Per attivarla, fate clic sull'immagine, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra e regolate le seguenti impostazioni, se necessario:

    +

    It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article.

    +

    Move and resize images

    +

    Moving imageTo change the image size, drag small squares Square icon situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    +

    To alter the image position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button.

    +

    When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

    +

    To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

    +

    + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

    +
    +

    Adjust image settings

    +

    Image Settings tabSome of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

    -

    Certe impostazioni possono essere regolate anche usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

    +

    Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    +

    Shape Settings tab When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

    +

    At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image.

    -

    Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sull'immagine con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

    -

    Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

    -

    La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +

    Adjust image advanced settings

    +

    To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

    +

    Image - Advanced Settings: Size

    +

    The Size tab contains the following parameters:

    -

    Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

    -

    La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +

    Image - Advanced Settings: Rotation

    +

    The Rotation tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Image - Advanced Settings: Text Wrapping

    +

    The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

    -

    Se selezionate lo stile 'quadrato', 'ravvicinato', 'all'interno', 'sopra e sotto', potete di regolare certe impostazioni addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

    -

    Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

    -

    La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

    +

    If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right).

    +

    Image - Advanced Settings: Position

    +

    The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style:

    +

    Image - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index e2bae6000..215cdf51b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -1,34 +1,63 @@  - Inserire numeri di pagina + Insert page numbers - + + +
    -

    Inserire numeri di pagina

    -

    Per inserire i numeri di pagina nel vostro documento,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert page numbers

    +

    To insert page numbers into your document,

      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      2. -
    2. cliccate su Inserisci numero di pagina Inserisci numero di pagina,
      3. -
    3. selezionate una delle seguenti opzioni: +
    4. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      5. +
    5. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon at the top toolbar,
      6. +
    6. choose the Insert Page Number submenu,
      7. +
    7. select one of the following options:
        -
      • Per mettere un numero su ogni pagina del vostro documento, specificate la posizione del numero nella pagina.
        • -
      • Per inserire un numero alla posizione attuale del cursore, selezionare l'opzione Alla posizione corrente.
        • +
      • To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page.
        • +
      • To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. +

        + Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. +

        +
    -

    Per modificare le impostazioni della numerazione,

    +

    To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry):

    +
      +
    1. put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages,
      2. +
    2. click the Header/Footer Header/Footer icon icon at the top toolbar,
      3. +
    3. select the Insert number of pages option.
      4. +
    +
    +

    To edit the page number settings,

      -
    1. fate doppio clic sul numero di pagina inserito,
      2. -
    2. cambiate i parametri attuali sulla barra destra: la posizione dei numeri nella pagina e anche rispetto alla parte superiore e quella inferiore della pagina. - Potete anche selezionare la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per inserire un numero diverso nella prima pagina o se non desiderate aggiungere nessun numero. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire i numeri di pagina diversi nelle pagine pari e dispari. -

      Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazione o piè di pagina

      +
    3. double-click the page number added,
      4. +
    4. change the current parameters at the right sidebar: +

      Right Sidebar - Header and Footer Settings

      +
        +
      • Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page.
        • +
      • Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all.
        • +
      • Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages.
        • +
      • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. + If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). + By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. + Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. +

        Same as previous label

        • +
      • The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. + The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. + If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right.
        • +
    -

    Per riprendere la modifica del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro.

    +

    To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d6fa03ba --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + Inserire simboli e caratteri + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Inserire simboli e caratteri

    +

    Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi:

    + + +

    Inserire simboli ASCII

    +

    La tabella ASCII viene anche utilizzata per aggiungere caratteri.

    +

    Per fare ciò, tieni premuto il tasto ALT e usa il tastierino numerico per inserire il codice carattere.

    +

    Nota: assicurarsi di utilizzare il tastierino numerico, non i numeri sulla tastiera principale. Per abilitare il tastierino numerico, premere il tasto Bloc Num.

    +

    Ad esempio, per aggiungere ad un paragrafo il carattere (§), premere e tenere premuto il tasto ALT mentre si digita 789 e quindi rilasciare il tasto ALT.

    + +

    Inserire simboli usando la tabella Unicode

    +

    Ulteriori caratteri e simboli possono essere trovati anche nella tabella dei simboli di Windows. Per aprire questa tabella, effettuate una delle seguenti operazioni:

    + +

    Nella Mappa caratteri aperta, selezionare uno dei Set di caratteri, Gruppi e Caratteri. Quindi, fai clic sui caratteri necessari, copiali negli appunti e incollali nella posizione corretta del documento.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 90f040147..836f3c9ee 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -1,112 +1,191 @@  - Inserire tabelle + Insert tables - + + +
    -

    Inserire tabelle

    -

    Per inserire una tabella nel documento,

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert tables

    +

    Insert a table

    +

    To insert a table into the document text,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire la tabella,
      2. -
    2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci tabella Inserisci tabella sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
      3. -
    3. selezionate per creare: +
    4. place the cursor where you want the table to be put,
      5. +
    5. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      6. +
    6. click the Table icon Table icon at the top toolbar,
      7. +
    7. select the option to create a table:
        -

      • una tabella con il numero di celle predefinito (10 per 8 celle maximum)

        -

        Se desiderate velocemente aggiungere una tabella, selezionate il numero di righe (8 maximum) e di colonne (10 maximum).

        • -

      • una tabella personalizzata

        -

        Se avete bisogno di una tabella superiore a 10 per 8 celle, selezionate l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata per aprire la finestra corrispondente, inserite il numero di righe e colonne necessario e cliccate sul pulsante OK.

        • +

      • either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum)

        +

        If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum).

        • +

      • or a custom table

        +

        In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button.

        +

        Custom table

        +
        • +
      • If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil Mouse Cursor when drawing a table. Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary.
      8. -
    8. dopo aver inserito la tabella potete cambiare i suoi parametri e la posizione.
      9. +
    9. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position.
    -
    -

    Certi parametri della tabella e anche la sua struttura possono essere modificati usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

    +

    To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the Square icon handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size.

    +

    Resize table

    +

    You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag the border up or down.

    +

    To move a table, hold down the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document.

    +

    It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article.

    +
    +

    Select a table or its part

    +

    To select an entire table, click the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner.

    +

    To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow Select cell, then left-click.

    +

    To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow Select row, then left-click.

    +

    To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow Select column, then left-click.

    +

    It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar.

    +

    + Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. +

    +
    +

    Adjust table settings

    +

    Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    -

    Barra destra - Impostazioni tabella

    -

    Potete configurare le impostazioni della tabella anche sulla barra destra:

    +

    Right Sidebar - Table Settings

    +

    You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar:

    -
    -

    Per modificare le impostazioni della tabella avanzate, cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della tabella dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la seguente finestra:

    - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Larghezza e spazi contiene i seguenti parametri:

    -
    - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    +

    Adjust table advanced settings

    +

    To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open:

    +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table.

    + +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells.

    + +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

    -
    - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Bordi e sfondo contiene i seguenti parametri:

    - - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se viene selezionato il tipo di disposizione Tabella dinamica nella scheda Disposizione testo e contiene i seguenti parametri:

    - - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

    La scheda Proprietà cella vi permette di regolare i Margini cella cioè lo spazio tra il testo nella cella e i suoi bordi. Potete usare i valori predefiniti (potete modificarli nella scheda Larghezza e spazi), o inserirli a mano.

    +
  • Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text.
    • +
  • Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text.
    • +
  • The Options section allows to change the following parameters: + +
    • + +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

    + +

    Table - Advanced Settings

    +

    The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table.

    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c3947d45f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ + + + + Insert text objects + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert text objects

    +

    To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects).

    +

    Add a text object

    +

    You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that:

    +
      +
    1. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the necessary text object type: +
        +
      • to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. +

        Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the Insert Text autoshape shape from the Basic Shapes group.

        +
        • +
      • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document.
      4. +
    +

    The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it).

    +

    As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

    +

    To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

    +

    Format a text box

    +

    Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

    +

    Text box selected

    + +

    Format the text within the text box

    +

    Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

    +

    Text selected

    +

    Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately.

    +

    To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

    +

    To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom.

    +

    Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can:

    + +

    You can also click the Text Art settings Text Art settings icon icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters.

    +

    Edit a Text Art style

    +

    Select a text object and click the Text Art settings Text Art settings icon icon on the right sidebar.

    +

    Text Art setting tab

    +

    Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc.

    +

    Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options:

    + +

    Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type.

    + +

    Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle.

    +

    Text Art Transformation

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index 962b3d4f1..63ebd3249 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -1,30 +1,42 @@  - Impostare interlinea di paragrafo + Set paragraph line spacing - + + +
    -

    Impostare interlinea di paragrafo

    -

    TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità d'impostare l'altezza della stringa per le stringhe di testo all'interno del paragrafo e anche i margini tra il paragrafo attuale e quello precedente o successivo.

    -

    Per farlo,

    +
    + +
    +

    Set paragraph line spacing

    +

    In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph.

    +

    To do that,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
      2. -
    2. utilizzate i campi corrispondenti sulla barra destra per ottenere il risultato desiderato: +
    3. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
      4. +
    4. use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results:
        -
      • Interlinea - impostate l'altezza della riga per le righe di testo all'interno del paragrafo. Potete selezionare una di tre opzioni disponibili: minima (imposta un'interlinea minima necessaria per adattare i caratteri o i grafici più grandi nella riga), multipla (imposta un'interlinea espressa con un valore in numeri superiori a 1), esatta (imposta un'interlinea fissa). Nel campo A specificate il volore necessario.
        • -
      • Prima - impostate lo spazio prima del paragrafo.
        • -
      • Dopo - impostate lo spazio dopo il paragrafo.
        • -
      • Non aggiungere intervallo tra paragrafi dello stesso stile - selezionate questa casella se non avete bisogno di nessuno spazio tra i paragrafi dello stesso stile. -

        Barra destra - Impostazioni paragrafo

        -
        • +
      • Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right.
        • +
      • Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. +
          +
        • Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph.
          • +
        • After - set the amount of space after the paragraph.
          • +
        • + Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. +

          Right Sidebar - Paragraph Settings

          +
          • +
        +
    -

    Per velocemente cambiare l'interlinea attuale del paragrafo, potete anche utilizzare l'icona Interlinea tra i paragrafi Interlinea tra i paragrafi sulla barra degli strumenti superiore selezionando il valore necessario dall'elenco: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0.

    +

    These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section.

    +

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

    +

    To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 61c3129d7..81a5feeb7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -1,62 +1,77 @@  - Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili + Show/hide nonprinting characters - + + +
    -

    Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili

    -

    I caratteri non stampabili vi aiutano a modificare i documenti. Servono a evidenziare la presenza dei tipi di formattazione diversi, ma non vengono inclusi nel documento durante la stampa, anche quando sono visualizzati sullo schermo.

    -

    Per visualizzare o nascondere i caratteri non stampabili, cliccate sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    I caratteri non stampabili includono:

    +
    + +
    +

    Show/hide nonprinting characters

    +

    Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen.

    +

    To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination.

    +

    Nonprinting characters include:

    - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - - + + + - - - + + +
    SpaziSpaziVengono inseriti quando premete Spacebar sulla tastiera. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri.SpacesSpaceInserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters.
    TabulazioniTabulazioneVengono inserite quando premete Tab sulla tastiera. Si usa per spostare il cursore alla tabulazione successiva.TabsTabInserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop.
    Segni di paragrafo (ritorno a capo)Ritorno a capoVengono inseriti quando premete Enter sulla tastiera. Finisce un paragrafo e aggiunge uno spazio dopo questo.Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns)Hard returnInserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting.
    Interruzioni di rigaInterruzioni di rigaVengono inserite quando premete Shift+Enter sulla tastiera. Interrompe la riga attuale e mette le righe vicino l'una all'altra. Si usano principalmente nei titoli.Line breaks (i.e. soft returns)Soft returnInserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings.
    Spazi unificatoriSpazi unificatoriVengono inseriti quando premete Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri che non permette di iniziare una nuova riga.Nonbreaking spacesNonbreaking spaceInserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line.
    Interruzioni di paginaInterruzione di paginaVengono inserite quando cliccate sull'icona Inserisci interruzione di pagina Inserisci interruzione di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionate l'opzione Anteponi interruzione dal menu di clic destro o nella finestra delle impostazioni avanzate.Page breaksPage breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window.
    Segni di fine di cella e fine di riga nelle tabelleSegni in tabelleQuesti segni contengono i codici di formattazione per una cella o una riga, rispettivamente.Section breaksSection breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page).
    Column breaksColumn breakInserted when you use the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option.
    End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tablesMarkers in tablesThese markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively.
    Piccolo quadrato nero sul margine a sinistra di un paragrafoQuadrato neroIndica che viene applicata almeno una delle opzioni di paragrafo, ad es. Mantieni assieme le righe, Anteponi interruzione.Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraphBlack squareIt indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before.
    AncoraggioAncoraggioIndica la posizione degli oggetti, es. immagini, figure, grafici.Anchor symbolsAnchor symbolThey indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 1681ffe29..47214197f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,27 +1,65 @@  - Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente + Create a new document or open an existing one - + + +
    -

    Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente

    -

    Dopo aver terminato il lavoro su un documento, potete passare ad un documento già esistente modificato di recente, creare un nuovo documento, o tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti.

    -

    Per creare un nuovo documento,

    -
      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
      2. -
    2. selezionate l'opzione Crea nuovo oggetto....
      3. -
    -

    Per aprire un documento modificato di recente con TeamLab Document Editor,

    -
      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
      2. -
    2. selezionate l'opzione Apri recenti...,
      3. -
    3. scegliete il documento necessario dall'elenco dei documenti modificati di recente.
      4. -
    -

    Per tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti, cliccate sul collegamento Va' ai Documenti nell'angolo destro superiore o sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Va' ai Documenti.

    -
    +
    + +
    +

    Create a new document or open an existing one

    +

    To create a new document

    +
    +

    In the online editor

    +
      +
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Create New option.
      3. +
    +
    +
    +

    In the desktop editor

    +
      +
    1. in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab,
      2. +
    2. when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save Save icon icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item.
      3. +
    3. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the document to (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button.
      4. +
    +
    + +
    +

    To open an existing document

    +

    In the desktop editor

    +
      +
    1. in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar,
      2. +
    2. choose the necessary document from the file manager window and click the Open button.
      3. +
    +

    You can also right-click the necessary document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open documents by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window.

    +

    All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it.

    +
    + +

    To open a recently edited document

    +
    +

    In the online editor

    +
      +
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Open Recent... option,
      3. +
    3. choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents.
      4. +
    +
    +
    +

    In the desktop editor

    +
      +
    1. in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar,
      2. +
    2. choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents.
      3. +
    +
    + +

    To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option.

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 2b803a705..44f788446 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -1,32 +1,39 @@  - Inserire interruzione di pagina + Insert page breaks - + + +
    -

    Inserire interruzione di pagina

    -

    TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di aggiungere l'interruzione di pagina per iniziare una nuova pagina e regolare le opzioni di paginazione.

    -

    Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina alla posizione attuale del cursore fate clic sull'icona Iserisci interruzione pagina Iserisci interruzione pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

    -

    Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina prima del paragrafo selezionato cioè per spostare questo paragrafo all'unizio di una nuova pagina:

    +
    + +
    +

    Insert page breaks

    +

    In Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options.

    +

    To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination.

    +

    To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank page icon Blank Page icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This inserts two page breaks that creates a blank page.

    +

    To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page:

    -

    Per mantenere assieme le righe in modo da spostare solo il paragrafo per intero nella nuova pagina (non c'è nessuna interruzione di pagina tra le righe all'interno di un singolo paragrafo),

    +

    To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph),

    -

    La finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate vi permette di regolare anche due altre opzioni:

    +

    The Line & Page Breaks tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options:

    -

    Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

    +

    Paragraph Advanced Settings - Line & Page Breaks

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 2a26c1a76..186098b56 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -1,32 +1,44 @@  - Modificare rientri di paragrafo + Change paragraph indents - + + +
    -

    Modificare rientri di paragrafo

    -

    TeamLab Document Editor vi da la possibilità di modificare lo spostamento della prima riga dalla parte sinistra della pagina e anche lo spostamento del paragrafo a destra e a sinistra nella pagina.

    -

    Per farlo,

    +
    + +
    +

    Change paragraph indents

    +

    In Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left part of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page.

    +

    To do that,

      -
    1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
      2. -
    2. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra,
      3. -
    3. nella finestra aperta Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate impostate il rientro necessario per la prima riga e lo spostamento del paragrafo a sinistra e a destra nella pagina,
      4. -
    4. cliccate su OK. -

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

      +
    5. put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination,
      6. +
    6. click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar,
      7. +
    7. in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section: +
        +
      • Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value,
        • +
      • Right - set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value,
        • +
      • Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging,
        • +
      +
      8. +
    8. click the OK button. +

      Paragraph Advanced Settings - Indents & Spacing

    -

    Per velocemente cambiare il rientro del paragrafo a sinistra, potete utilizzare anche le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore: Riduci rientro Riduci rientro e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro.

    -

    Potete anche usare i righelli orizzontali per impostare i rientri.

    - Righelli - Marcatori rientri -

    Selezionate il paragrafo necessario e trascinate il marcatore di rientro lungo il righello.

    +

    To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent Decrease indent and Increase indent Increase indent.

    +

    You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents.

    + Ruler - Indent markers +

    Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 5df24f514..88818981e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -1,35 +1,62 @@  - Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento + Save/download/print your document - + +
    -

    Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento

    -

    Di default, TeamLab Document Editor salva il file automaticamente ogni 10 minuti durante il lavoro per evitare perdite di dati causate dalla chiusura inaspettata del programma. Se è necessario, potete facilmente cambiare la frequenza con cui viene salvato il documento o anche disattivare questa opzione nella pagina Impostazioni avanzate.

    -

    Per salvare il documento attuale a mano,

    +
    + +
    +

    Save/download/print your document

    +

    Saving

    +

    By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

    +

    To save your current document manually in the current format and location,

    -

    Per scaricare il documento risultante sul disco rigido del vostro computer,

    +

    Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page.

    +
    +

    In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format,

    +
      +
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Save as... option,
      3. +
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option.
      4. +
    +
    +
    +

    Downloading

    +

    In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive,

      -
    1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
      2. -
    2. selezionate l'opzione Scarica in,
      3. -
    3. scegliete uno dei formati disponibili che vi conviene: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
      4. +
    4. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
      5. +
    5. select the Download as... option,
      6. +
    6. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML.
    -

    Per stampare il documento attuale,

    +

    Saving a copy

    +

    In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal,

    +
      +
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Save Copy as... option,
      3. +
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML,
      4. +
    4. select a location of the file on the portal and press Save.
      5. +
    +
    +

    Printing

    +

    To print out the current document,

    -

    Dopo questo viene generato un file PDF a base del documento modificato. Potete aprirlo e stamparlo, oppure salvarlo sul disco rigido del vostro computer o un dispositivo rimovibile per stamparlo in seguito.

    +

    It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu.

    +

    In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly.In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9586aee1e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + Insert section breaks + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert section breaks

    +

    Section breaks allow you to apply a different layout or formatting for the certain parts of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section.

    +

    Note: an inserted section break defines formatting of the preceding part of the document.

    +

    To insert a section break at the current cursor position:

    +
      +
    1. click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar,
      2. +
    2. select the Insert Section Break submenu
      3. +
    3. select the necessary section break type: +
        +
      • Next Page - to start a new section from the next page
        • +
      • Continuous Page - to start a new section at the current page
        • +
      • Even Page - to start a new section from the next even page
        • +
      • Odd Page - to start a new section from the next odd page
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Added section breaks are indicated in your document by a double dotted line: Section break

    +

    If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them.

    +

    To remove a section break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the preceding section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. The document part that preceded the removed section break acquires the formatting of the part that followed it.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1aef783af --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + + + + Impostare un livello di struttura del paragarfo + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Impostare un livello di struttura del paragarfo

    + +

    Il livello di struttura indica il livello del paragrafo nella struttura del documento. Sono disponibili i seguenti livelli: Testo Base, Livello 1 - Livello 9. Il livello di struttura può essere specificato in diversi modi, ad esempio utilizzando gli stili d’intestazione: una volta assegnato uno stile di titolo (Titolo 1 - Titolo 9) ad un paragrafo, esso acquisisce un livello di struttura corrispondente. Se assegni un livello a un paragrafo utilizzando le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo, il paragrafo acquisisce solo il livello della struttura mentre il suo stile rimane invariato. Il livello di struttura può anche essere modificato nel pannello di Navigazione a sinistra usando le opzioni del menu contestuale.

    +

    Per modificare il livello di struttura di un paragrafo utilizzando le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo,

    +
      +
    1. fai clic con il pulsante destro e seleziona l’opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu contestuale o utilizza l’opzione Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra,
      2. +
    2. apri la scheda Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate, passa alla scheda Rientri e spaziatura,
      3. +
    3. seleziona il livello di struttura necessario dall’elenco Livelli di struttura.
      4. +
    4. fai click sul pulsante OK per applicare le modifiche.
      5. +
    +

    Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate - Rientri e spaziatura

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index 4bdff67c1..ad64c12bc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -1,35 +1,68 @@  - Impostare parametri di pagina + Set page parameters - + + + -
    -

    Impostare parametri di pagina

    -

    Per regolare l'orientamento e la dimensione della pagina, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

    - -
    +
    +
    + +
    +

    Set page parameters

    +

    To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    Note: all these parameters are applied to the entire document. If you need to set different page margins, orientation, size, or column number for the separate parts of your document, please refer to this page.

    +

    Page Orientation

    +

    Change the current orientation type clicking the Orientation icon Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album.

    +

    Page Size

    +

    Change the default A4 format clicking the Size icon Size icon and selecting the needed one from the list. The available preset sizes are:

    + +

    You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the necessary Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. When ready, click OK to apply the changes.

    +

    Custom Page Size

    +

    Page Margins

    +

    Change default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, clicking the Margins icon Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window that opens. Enter the necessary Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons.

    +

    Custom Margins

    +

    Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left or top of the document. Gutter option might come in handy to make sure bookbinding does not cover text. In Margins window enter the necessary gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in.

    +

    Note: Gutter position function cannot be used when Mirror margins option is checked.

    +

    In Multiple pages drop-down menu choose Mirror margins option to to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively.

    +

    In Orientation drop-down menu choose from Portrait and Landscape options.

    +

    All applied changes to the document will be displayed in the Preview window.

    +

    When ready, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins icon Margins list so that you can apply them to some other documents.

    +

    You can also change the margins manually by dragging the border between the grey and white areas on the rulers (the grey areas of the rulers indicate page margins):

    +

    Margins Adjustment

    +

    Columns

    +

    Apply a multi-column layout clicking the Columns icon Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available:

    + +

    If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will open where you'll be able to set necessary Number of columns (it's possible to add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When ready, click OK to apply the changes.

    +

    Custom Columns

    +

    To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move into the new column, click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column.

    +

    Added column breaks are indicated in your document by a dotted line: Column break. If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the Nonprinting Characters icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key.

    +

    To manually change the column width and spacing, you can use the horizontal ruler.

    +

    Column spacing

    +

    To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon Columns icon at the top toolbar and select the One One column icon option from the list.

    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 6c0a51e00..b09b576d9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -1,38 +1,44 @@  - Impostare punti di tabulazione + Set tab stops - + + +
    -

    Impostare punti di tabulazione

    -

    In TeamLab Document Editor, potete modificare i punti di tabulazione, cioè la posizione nella quale si sposta il cursore quando premete il tasto Tab sulla tastiera.

    -

    Per impostare la tabulazione potete utilizzare il righello orizzontale:

    +
    + +
    +

    Set tab stops

    +

    In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

    +

    To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler:

      -
    1. Selezionate il tipo di tabulazione necessario cliccando sul pulsante Tabulazione sinistra nell'angolo sinistro superiore dell'area di lavoro. Sono disponibili i seguenti tipi: +
    2. Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the Left Tab Stop button button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available:
        -
      • A sinistra Tabulazione sinistra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato sinistro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione sinistra.
        • -
      • Al centro Tabulazione centrata - si usa per centrare il testo nella posizione della tabulazione. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione centrata.
        • -
      • A destra Tabulazione destra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato destro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione destra.
        • +
      • Left Left Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Left Tab Stop marker marker.
        • +
      • Center Center Tab Stop button - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Center Tab Stop marker marker.
        • +
      • Right Right Tab Stop button - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the Right Tab Stop marker marker.
      3. -
    3. Cliccate sul bordo inferiore del righello nel punto dove desiderate aggiungere una tabulazione. Trascinatela lungo il righello per cambiare la sua posizione. Per eliminare la tabulazione trascinatela fuori del righello. -

      Righello orizzontale con le tabulazioni aggiunte

      +
    4. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. +

      Horizontal Ruler with the Tab stops added

    -

    Potete usare anche la finestra dei parametri del paragrafo per regolare i punti di tabulazione. Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo nel menu contestuale oppure usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e aprite la scheda Tabulazione nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate.

    - Impostazioni del paragrafo - Tabulazione -

    Potete regolare i seguenti parametri:

    +

    You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window.

    + Paragraph Properties - Tabs tab +

    You can set the following parameters:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdb683dca --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ + + + + Use Mail Merge + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Use Mail Merge

    +

    Note: this option is available in the online version only.

    +

    The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients.

    +

    To start working with the Mail Merge feature,

    +
      +
    1. Prepare a data source and load it to the main document +
        +
      1. A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. +

        The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses.

        +
        2. +
      2. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge Mail Merge icon icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
        3. +
      3. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK.
        4. +
      +

      Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar.

      +

      Mail Merge setting tab

      +
      2. +
    2. Verify or change the recipients list +
        +
      1. Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. +

        Mail Merge Recipients window

        +
        2. +
      2. Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: +
          +
        • Copy and Paste - to copy and paste the copied data
          • +
        • Undo and Redo - to undo and redo undone actions
          • +
        • Sort Lowest to Highest icon and Sort Highest to Lowest icon - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order
          • +
        • Filter icon - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter
          • +
        • Clear Filter icon - to clear all the applied filter parameters +

          Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

          +
          • +
        • Search icon - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary +

          Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help.

          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button.
        4. +
      +
      3. +
    3. Insert merge fields and check the results +
        +
      1. Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. +

        Merge Fields section

        +
        2. +
      2. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. +

        Main document with inserted fields

        +
        3. +
      3. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. +

        Preview results

        +
        4. +
      +
        +
      • To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard.
        • +
      • To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    4. Specify the merge parameters +
        +
      1. Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: +

        Merge type selection

        +
          +
        • PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later
          • +
        • Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later
          • +
        • Email - to send the results to recipients by email +

          Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal.

          +
          • +
        +
        2. +
      2. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: +
          +
        • All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source
          • +
        • Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed
          • +
        • From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) +

          Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc.

          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. Complete the merge +
          +
        • If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, +
            +
          • click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder.
            • +
          • click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: +

          Send to Email window

          +
            +
          • In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module.
            • +
          • In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically.
            • +
          • Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field.
            • +
          • Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients).
            • +
          • Click the Send button.
            • +
          +

          Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field.

          +
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +
      5. +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 85e6a3d80..8db12c938 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -1,18 +1,49 @@  - Visualizzare informazioni sul documento + View document information - + + +
    -

    Visualizzare informazioni sul documento

    -

    Per accedere alle informazioni dettagliate sul documento modificato, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Informazioni documento....

    -

    Le informazioni sul documento includono i dati seguenti: titolo, autore, percorso, data di creazione, persone con i diritti di visualizzazione e modifica del documento, e statistiche: numero di pagine, paragrafi, parole, simboli, simboli con spazi.

    -

    Se avete un accesso completo a questo documento, potete anche cambiare i diritti di accesso impostati facendo clic dul pulsante Cambia diritti di accesso nella sezione Persone con i diritti.

    -

    Per chiudere il pannello File e riprendere la modifica del documento, selezionate l'opzione Torna al documento.

    -
    +
    + +
    +

    View document information

    +

    To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option.

    +

    General Information

    +

    The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited.

    + +

    If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes.

    +
    +

    Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document name directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK.

    +
    +
    +

    Permission Information

    +

    In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud.

    +

    Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

    +

    To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar.

    +

    You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section.

    +

    Version History

    +

    In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud.

    +

    Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions.

    +

    To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it.

    +

    Version History

    +

    To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list.

    +
    +

    To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option.

    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/3dchart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73cb87169 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/about.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36d9f52b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/access_rights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc9312668 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addedcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b54df3d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addfootnote.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..309c55e5e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png index 6e15adf36..9ec3b04a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index b1a6421bc..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/align_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e454ee21 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectbottom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..beb3b4079 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectcenter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7c1d6ea6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectleft.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ba7ab2d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectmiddle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..848493cf1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b5a9d2c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjecttop.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c00650c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5929239d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..673b22ccf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/blankpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/blankpage.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11180c591 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/blankpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png index b2270b9f4..ff78d284e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7339d3f35 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3b1ab0fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf6417f5c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bookmark_window2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bdb3cdd5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4e44f88e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringtofront.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1dc65e57a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bulletedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bulletedlistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d360da4ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bulletedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png index fb7004dd3..244784ff2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/caption_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/caption_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe9dcb22f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/caption_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4a575e37 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51d1a005c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ccsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png index c46a14319..9ef44daaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png index 3257e58d6..bcbacae90 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png index 0f290a744..2fffd7740 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png index b7cab9027..775e792d1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..658e8b643 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 066cfd40a..a490b12e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png index c9e31c9e3..6e5b86e38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png index c4753d4b1..b81b33688 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png index 39402d600..56c7789ad 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5bf1738e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82dc42b11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb13de886 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png index e3e255d4e..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png index 88f1d9ddc..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f50796c20 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33a3160d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxcontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92da0b462 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/checkboxsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40b553863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png index be717b54c..af49a0022 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10f201198 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/collapse.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d299a1667 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/colorscheme.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c49f7c1d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnbreak.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e735a07a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnspacing.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a07aac23 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnwidthmarker.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..402fb9d7a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxaddvalue.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxaddvalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27eda6856 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxaddvalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bdf9f705 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f538a536b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxcontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dcc26fe96 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comboboxsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comment_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68285e369 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png index fa8f7f62e..1c2846ec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png index 530610698..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_final.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_final.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b55934c6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_final.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_markup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_markup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db2f90fb2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_markup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_method.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_method.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2c7fc5b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_method.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_original.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_original.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15da452aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/compare_original.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comparebutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comparebutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18026984a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comparebutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png index 4421ac8d2..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportionsactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e9da62e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png index 03136f732..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png index fbba1fd2c..522438ec8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle_selected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b865f76ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/createnewstylewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91c50c2e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customcolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79df63f09 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custommargins.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e87a44422 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custompagesize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cc640edb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customstylemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f7882db1c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png index 366b8cf14..1a891ae28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..943693a47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..141ead3c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datecontentcontrol2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datesettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datesettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfe89402e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/datesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png index fb66f93f1..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png index a41f09549..667083b56 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png index da6cf637a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1129fb73e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributehorizontally.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edf546273 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributevertically.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..720dab074 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png index 0e426b616..e9c3ed7a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png index f68edabb1..d9c0f2b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png index 891f8567a..0582db003 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png index 1b23f0474..a3086bb10 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png index 6c81f0f76..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index ff26dfe20..060f96c06 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 99a5a594f..891cbd5e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index bcdd4e803..2830b3698 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png index 5c58f98b9..2c4ffd1a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png index 8638dcfc9..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3922f469f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59b8d219d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedstylemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f23731f5b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/equationplaceholder.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb632c58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/eraser_tool.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/eraser_tool.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a626da579 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/eraser_tool.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/expand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8966c2028 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/feedback.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c61246b1e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png index af60011b4..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png index 4c6e7e84b..3d411150a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png index da2f7cbc6..31e87d6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png index 590ba208c..06480ac11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png index 4568d7add..fbe2f71d1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png index c765fca9c..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png index 8b5e03f02..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fliplefttoright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fliplefttoright.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6babc560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fliplefttoright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/flipupsidedown.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/flipupsidedown.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8ce45f8f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/flipupsidedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c374bb2ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png index 15aad588c..73ee99c17 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png index 961ddb018..8b68acb6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png index 8eaa06fc0..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d13abc82 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8112c9f17 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotesadded.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5aee8e80c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotetext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e33961d50 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formatastext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d9fc86c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png index ab60bacff..0918685da 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formula_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formula_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d4cfe680 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formula_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png index f524d6c12..6fd05c333 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png index bcc7dfdab..262f7452e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png index 39d896b0e..b984407a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gotodocuments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7721dc0cf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..35318bb1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png index 4e345e9ca..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1330ed44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd54ed4ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/groupup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/groupup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..086ec9b07 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/groupup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png index 40e74289a..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png index 37b93cfa4..550a98117 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..08317a86a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 8a518d4d8..3bc741433 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..952591312 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png index fc980ff7c..c692a2074 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png index 71b7f8546..98b71af70 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png index 440d0f762..5a4cbb161 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png index 88106d259..23f9db190 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73836d2d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59134346d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png index 48517005f..2693e9fc1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png index cb79b166f..a4775fcf6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png index 9df06b4f5..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png index bdf04da93..8e3a4e9f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png index 0d7c48630..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3fec5fa25..5213396c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_sidebar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_sidebar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6474fd572 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_sidebar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3945e0de Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbol_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dee8c8fae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_windows.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_windows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb3567c51 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_symbols_windows.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png index bab171ce2..35a44bae4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcaptionbox.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcaptionbox.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e5413a59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcaptionbox.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01255cd54 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png index 59f0a927a..b0b965c50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17fecd7ce Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d69a4a0d9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78597ccbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertequationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a149b61e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png index 9f54d1576..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttextarticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7f7ac8280 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttexticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7709e63b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ae219ae7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60132843f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79f336c9d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9578a3e3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b2dac8c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7a93504 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6e5aed74 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af8ae90fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/desktop_reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8747b067e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cff9d2b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5426c8fa8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f8c7ec28 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/layouttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86e01b69e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c0093c7d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc684d39b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/reviewtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5de69fe7e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png index 72de32bc4..7d5e6d062 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae7288952 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftindent.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbb16de5f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png index 79b671fcc..b9ef8a37a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergeicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8cc554ab Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergerecipients.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..78c37064d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/margins.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92f58f589 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergefields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c733ecdf8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergeto.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb4f20ff0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movecontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b73ff26f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..748f6221b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png index f0675dd71..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/multilevellistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/multilevellistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e8921519 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/multilevellistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5876f69ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12770bb44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nestedfraction.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9a30fe84 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d609fe222 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newslot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e42fbacb6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextfootnote.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..450c404f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png index 13d2e6aee..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png index a251575aa..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png index f5299f8a8..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 7887748f1..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png index c30fcc83d..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png index faf68426a..7975aee90 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/onecolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9714d5f78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orderedlistsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orderedlistsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a20f73bcc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orderedlistsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..6296a359a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..82291ad51 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png index b9f820ed5..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png index 07da2970c..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagemargins.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1047e26d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png index b890dee5d..d6b212540 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png index 30df312e0..05fa2386e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png index 9a29251f2..3ff31dddd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index 99889b1c5..4344851e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9988fa72 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_breaks.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png index 292590b4f..fc027535a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index aa00ac8c8..17ebdea00 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 269c2976a..5cafa7bce 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index 580e4899a..14293c7c1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png index 9574c2a06..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste_style.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f369824f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95409ea6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pencil_tool.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pencil_tool.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e006637a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pencil_tool.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/picturecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/picturecontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7082dcf03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/picturecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previewinsertedfields.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db5c6f66b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previousfootnote.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4068f95eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png index 917ab6b54..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png index e645d28ee..d05c08b29 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png index 10d0d12f6..3b718cb03 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e44b47cbf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2351f20be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/removecomment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png index 9985f568e..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1428ae3b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolvedicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a58d43490 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolveicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e33c13b12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aec0b30fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accept.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee3198d58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..312d5ab44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_delete.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43c48cee5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_displaymode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63314d079 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_next.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e960aecdd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_panel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..635045919 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_previous.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..936e0cf5f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_reject.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51b84c6f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4db0a3f2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3481ad56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png index 25e217d89..abcb98be1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png index 8077d8b1e..ecacdc526 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png index 3f6723ee7..893f71622 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png index 78cc33c2a..89c5100cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16b27052b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png index c0c278736..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_mailmerge.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2948a6550 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png index 0bb4d591e..1c307cf0c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png index 5e7b1fba8..4d1fa5d01 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_textart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b30562c1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rightcolumn.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f0d91762 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotateclockwise.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotateclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b985f3052 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotateclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63c313bdb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rotatecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rowheightmarker.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90a923c02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sameasprevious_label.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48bcaf15e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png index 62c8346df..bef90f537 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png index 9029f6f20..d4e58e825 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/savewhilecoediting.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3defd211 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_options.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a762bb815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png index cc037f1e7..4290729cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png index f21c6348b..5a2855ebb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png index eede38e77..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png index 55911141b..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png index 577cae784..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sectionbreak.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d364fc55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png index 122a47807..0013f0f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d3fd940b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..26039e511 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoback.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c55548e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoemail.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..863c0f8b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png index bbeba2992..ac4d77834 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png index 578757f13..5c66ae839 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png index d656b59f0..a18189199 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png index 5567407ae..ea2b821e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png index 46556d190..1fe869c2a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3349d1153 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..caf4a8d43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png index 6949886cc..63fd3063d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortandfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..394b45a1b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortatoz.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ddac860a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortztoa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10c5a53c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65e7ed85c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2f324b661 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png index 442efabeb..5f0c86a41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png index 8b6a3baf5..ff704d56a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14be47e2b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dddc2bec6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png index 3de0a6242..742143a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png index 6721da59e..b99d9c1df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png index 501b6e25b..7a32fc135 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png index 5419dc6b3..373854ac8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c86c98b11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png index 0c4fc9f50..bbb10bee6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png index 838501a19..0e011f1f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png index 6b7f4112a..0e17aed4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png index 8e23e8369..fbbdf23ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png index 170606f0f..ee00e2257 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71ac5d914 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png index ce7c38460..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png index ad71ba498..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png index c88100730..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png index a62e2b014..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/text_autoshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..baf06e623 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46f74302a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_transformation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4bccb6f01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_boxselected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7585011bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_textselected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..311adb715 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/threecolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c51b78990 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..165f7b029 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76bca6b44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72e5121b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfc7f820a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..809a63e13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ada964a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7933ea7ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cc4dd17c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c39959e6c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7428127df Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/twocolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859789aae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png index 3a6f79f54..4c82ff29b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png index 9f49ad80f..125fdecb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..595e2a582 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ungroup.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3fd822b68 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/updatefromseleciton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/updatefromseleciton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0d592de7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/updatefromseleciton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png index 3775a4b45..1f1cee612 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/vector.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/vector.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8353e80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/vector.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistory.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47e50bef9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 66d2aa936..e13ec992d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03a568c03 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5b1f5fa04 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b79fb3c11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/watermark_settings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6da453caa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c55960390 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0abde3256 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48f8c7bc6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d8f18512 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc17f6f66 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5cd45fbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5be2017dd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png index df0a47297..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png index 829ceb202..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/indexes.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeb30d1b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/indexes.js @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +var indexes = +[ + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", + "title": "About Document Editor", + "body": "Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML files. To view the current software version and licensor details in the online version, click the icon at the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version, select the About menu item at the left sidebar of the main program window." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", + "title": "Advanced Settings of Document Editor", + "body": "Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Compatibility is used to make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover - is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows to automatically recover documents in case of the unexpected program closing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Real-time Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", + "title": "Collaborative Document Editing", + "body": "Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited document visual indication of passages that are being edited by other users real-time changes display or synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular document parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved (it's also possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version) Connecting to the online version In the desktop editor, open the Connect to cloud option of the left-side menu in the main program window. Connect to your cloud office specifying your account login and password. Co-editing Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes: Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last real-time collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon at the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments It's possible to work with comments in the offline mode, without connecting to the online version. To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the icon. You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or at the Comments panel on the left: edit the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. Adding mentions When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary and click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that he/she has been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. To remove comments, click the Remove button at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have beed added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have beed added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", + "title": "Compare documents", + "body": "Note: this option is available in the paid online version only starting from Document Server v. 5.5. If you need to compare and merge two documents, you can use the document Compare feature. It allows to display the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. After comparing and merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows to download the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon to the right of the file name at the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate between the Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison. This mode allows both to view the changes and edit the document. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change notification. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change notification. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison feature Method of the comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", + "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", + "body": "Windows/LinuxMac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the Find action which has been performed before the key combination press. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌥ Option+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q ⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+C ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+= Insert a formula at the current cursor position." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", + "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", + "body": "Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your document, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", + "title": "Document Review", + "body": "When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature. If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you. If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them. Enable the Track Changes feature To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways: click the button in the right lower corner at the status bar, or switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button. Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document. Final - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change notification. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change notification. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the icon within the change balloon." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", + "title": "Search and Replace Function", + "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the button) from the current position. Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", + "title": "Spell-checking", + "body": "Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu at the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", + "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Documents", + "body": "Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. Thanks to the computer network highly developed nowadays, it's possible and more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Due to the variety of devices used for document presentation, there are a lot of proprietary and open file formats. Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + in the online version EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", + "title": "Scheda File", + "body": "La scheda File consente di eseguire alcune operazioni di base sul file corrente. Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Online: Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Desktop: Usando questa scheda, puoi: nella versione online, salvare il file corrente (nel caso in cui l’opzione di Salvataggio automatico sia disabilitata), scaricare in (salva il documento nel formato selezionato sul disco fisso del computer), salvare copia come (salva una copia del documento nel formato selezionato nel portale I miei documenti), stamparlo o rinominarlo, nella versione desktop, salvare il file corrente mantenendo il formato e la posizione correnti utilizzando l’opzione Salva o salvare il file corrente con un nome, una posizione o un formato diversi usando l’opzione Salva con Nome, stampare il file. proteggere il file utilizzando una password, modificare o rimuovere la password (disponibile solo nella versione desktop); creare un nuovo documento o aprirne uno modificato di recente (disponibile solo nella versione online), visualizzare le Informazioni documento o modificare alcune proprietà del file, gestire i Diritti di accesso (disponibile solo nella versione online), tracciare la Cronologia delle versioni (disponibile solo nella versione online), accedere all’editor Impostazioni avanzate, nella versione desktop, aprire la cartella in cui è archiviato il file nella finestra Apri percorso file. Nella versione online, aprire la cartella del modulo I miei documenti in cui è archiviato il file in una nuova scheda del browser." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", + "title": "Scheda Home", + "body": "La scheda Home si apre per impostazione predefinita quando si apre un documento. Permette di formattare caratteri e paragrafi. Qui sono anche disponibili alcune altre opzioni, come Stampa unione e Cambia combinazione colori. Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Online: Finestra dell’editor di Documenti Desktop: Usando questa scheda, puoi: regolare il tipo, la dimensione, il colore del carattere, applicare stili di decorazione del carattere, selezionare un colore di sfondo per un paragrafo, creare elenchi puntati e numerati, cmodificare i rientri di un paragrafo, impostare l’interlinea del paragrafo, allineare il testo in un paragrafo, mostrare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili, copiare/cancellare la formattazione del testo, cambiare la combinazione colori, usare Stampa unione (disponibile solo nella versione online), gestire gli stili." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", + "title": "Scheda Inserisci", + "body": "La scheda Inserisci consente di aggiungere alcuni elementi di formattazione della pagina, nonché oggetti visivi e commenti. Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Online: Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Desktop: Usando questa scheda, puoi: inserire una pagina vuota, inserire interruzioni di pagina,  interruzioni di sezione e interruzioni di colonna, inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina e numeri di pagina, inserire tabelle, immagini, grafici, forme, inserire collegamenti ipertestuali, commenti, inserire caselle di testo ed oggetti Text Art, equazioni, simboli, capilettera, controlli del contenuto." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", + "title": "Scheda Layout di Pagina", + "body": "La scheda Layout di Pagina consente di modificare l'aspetto del documento: impostare i parametri della pagina e definire la disposizione degli elementi visivi. Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Online: Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Desktop: Usando questa scheda, puoi: regolare i margini, l’orientatamento, la dimensione della pagina, aggiungere colonne, inserire interruzioni di pagina, interruzioni di sezione e interruzioni di colonna, allineare e disporre gli oggetti (tabelle, immagini, grafici, forme), cambiare lo stile di disposizione testo, aggiungere una filigrana." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", + "title": "Plugins tab", + "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: The Settings button allows to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows to send the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech, Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text (available in the desktop version only), Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", + "title": "Introducing the Document Editor user interface", + "body": "Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, opened documents tabs, document name and menu tabs. In the left part of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons. In the right part of the Editor header the user name is displayed as well as the following icons: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows to open the folder where the file is stored in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows to open the folder of the Documents module where the file is stored in a new browser tab. - allows to adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Manage document access rights - (available in the online version only) allows to set access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy and Paste options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the page number indicator, displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.), allows to set text language, enable spell checking, turn on the track changes mode, adjust zoom. Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows to use the Search and Replace tool, - allows to open the Comments panel, - allows to go to the Navigation panel and manage headings, - (available in the online version only) allows to open the Chat panel, as well as the icons that allow to contact our support team and view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers allow to align text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "Scheda Riferimenti", + "body": "La scheda Riferimenti consente di gestire diversi tipi di riferimenti: aggiungere e aggiornare un sommario, creare e modificare note a piè di pagina, inserire collegamenti ipertestuali. Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Online: Finestra dell’Editor di Documenti Desktop: Usando questa scheda, puoi: creare e aggiornare automaticamente un sommario, inserire note a piè di pagina, inserire collegamenti ipertestuali, aggiungere segnalibri. aggiungere didascalie." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", + "title": "Collaboration tab", + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the document. In the online version, you can share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer, view all versions and revisions. In the commenting mode, you can add and remove comments, navigate between tracked changes, use chat and view version history. In the desktop version, you can manage comments and use the Track Changes feature . Online Document Editor window: Desktop Document Editor window: Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings (available in the online version only), switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes (available in the online version only), add or remove comments to the document, enable the Track Changes feature, choose the changes display mode, manage the suggested changes, load a document for comparison (available in the online version only), open the Chat panel (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only)." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", + "title": "Add borders", + "body": "To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, switch to the Borders & Fill tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, set the needed value for Border Size and select a Border Color, click within the available diagram or use buttons to select borders and apply the chosen style to them, click the OK button. After you add borders, you can also set paddings i.e. distances between the right, left, top and bottom borders and the paragraph text within them. To set the necessary values, switch to the Paddings tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window:" + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", + "title": "Aggiungere una didascalia", + "body": "La Didascalia è un’etichetta numerata che puoi applicare ad oggetti, come equazioni, tabelle, figure e immagini all'interno dei tuoi documenti. Ciò semplifica il riferimento all'interno del testo in quanto è presente un'etichetta facilmente riconoscibile sull'oggetto. Per aggiungere la didascalia ad un oggetto: seleziona l'oggetto a cui applicare una didascalia; passa alla scheda Riferimenti nella barra degli strumenti in alto; fai clic sull’icona Didascalia nella barra degli strumenti in alto o fai clic con il pulsante destro sull’oggetto e seleziona l’opzione Inserisci didascalia per aprire la finestra di dialogo Inserisci didascalia scegli l'etichetta da utilizzare per la didascalia facendo clic sul menù a discesa Etichetta e selezionando l'oggetto; o crea una nuova etichetta facendo clic sul pulsante Aggiungi per aprire la finestra di dialogo Etichetta Inserisci un nome per l’etichetta nella casella di testo, quindi fai clic sul pulsante OK per aggiungere una nova etichetta all’elenco etichette; seleziona la casella di controllo Includi il numero del capitolo per modificare la numerazione della didascalia; nel menu a discesa Inserisci, seleziona Prima per posizionare l’etichetta sopra l’oggetto o Dopo per posizionarla sotto l’oggetto; seleziona la casella di controllo Escudere l’etichetta dalla didascalia per lasciare solo un numero per questa particolare didascalia in conformità con un numero progressivo; puoi quindi scegliere come numerare la didascalia assegnando uno stile specifico alla didascalia e aggiungendo un separatore; per applicare la didascalia fare clic sul pulsante OK. Eliminare un’etichetta Per eliminare un’etichetta creata, seleziona l’etichetta dall’elenco Etichetta nella finestra di dialogo Inserisci didascalia, quindi fai clic sul pulsante Elimina. L'etichetta creata verrà immediatamente eliminata. Nota: è possibile eliminare le etichette create ma non è possibile eliminare le etichette predefinite. Formattazione delle didascalie Non appena aggiungi una didascalia, un nuovo stile per le didascalie viene automaticamente aggiunto alla sezione stili. Per modificare lo stile di tutte le didascalie in tutto il documento, è necessario seguire questi passaggi: seleziona il testo da cui verrà copiato un nuovo stile di Didascalia; cerca lo stile Didascalia (evidenziato in blu per impostazione predefinita) nella galleria degli stili che puoi trovare nella scheda Home nella barra degli struemnti in alto; fai clic con il tatso destro e scegli l’opzione Aggiorna da selezione. Raggruppare le didascalie Se si desidera poter spostare l'oggetto e la didascalia come un'unica unità, è necessario raggruppare l’oggetto e la didascalia. seleziona l’oggetto; seleziona uno degli Stili di disposizione testo usando la barra laterale destra; aggiungi la didascalia come menzionato sopra; tieni premuto il tasto Shift e seleziona gli elementi che desideri raggruppare; fai clic con il tatso destro su uno degli elementi e seleziona Disponi > Ragruppa. Ora entrambi gli elementi si sposteranno simultaneamente se li trascini da qualche altra parte nel documento. Per separare gli oggetti fai clic rispettivamente su Disponi > Separa." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", + "title": "Use formulas in tables", + "body": "Insert a formula You can perform simple calculations on data in table cells by adding formulas. To insert a formula into a table cell, place the cursor within the cell where you want to display the result, click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, in the Formula Settings window that opens, enter the necessary formula into the Formula field. You can enter a needed formula manually using the common mathematical operators (+, -, *, /), e.g. =A1*B2 or use the Paste Function drop-down list to select one of the embedded functions, e.g. =PRODUCT(A1,B2). manually specify necessary arguments within the parentheses in the Formula field. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. use the Number Format drop-down list if you want to display the result in a certain number format, click OK. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To edit the added formula, select the result in the cell and click the Add formula button at the right sidebar, make the necessary changes in the Formula Settings window and click OK. Add references to cells You can use the following arguments to quickly add references to cell ranges: ABOVE - a reference to all the cells in the column above the selected cell LEFT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the left of the selected cell BELOW - a reference to all the cells in the column below the selected cell RIGHT - a reference to all the cells in the row to the right of the selected cell These arguments can be used with the AVERAGE, COUNT, MAX, MIN, PRODUCT, SUM functions. You can also manually enter references to a certain cell (e.g., A1) or a range of cells (e.g., A1:B3). Use bookmarks If you have added some bookmarks to certain cells within your table, you can use these bookmarks as arguments when entering formulas. In the Formula Settings window, place the cursor within the parentheses in the Formula entry field where you want the argument to be added and use the Paste Bookmark drop-down list to select one of the previously added bookmarks. Update formula results If you change some values in the table cells, you will need to manually update formula results: To update a single formula result, select the necessary result and press F9 or right-click the result and use the Update field option from the menu. To update several formula results, select the necessary cells or the entire table and press F9. Embedded functions You can use the following standard math, statistical and logical functions: Category Function Description Example Mathematical ABS(x) The function is used to return the absolute value of a number. =ABS(-10) Returns 10 Logical AND(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if all the arguments are TRUE. =AND(1>0,1>3) Returns 0 Statistical AVERAGE(argument-list) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. =AVERAGE(4,10) Returns 7 Statistical COUNT(argument-list) The function is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. =COUNT(A1:B3) Returns 6 Logical DEFINED() The function evaluates if a value in the cell is defined. The function returns 1 if the value is defined and calculated without errors and returns 0 if the value is not defined or calculated with an error. =DEFINED(A1) Logical FALSE() The function returns 0 (FALSE) and does not require any argument. =FALSE Returns 0 Mathematical INT(x) The function is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. =INT(2.5) Returns 2 Statistical MAX(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. =MAX(15,18,6) Returns 18 Statistical MIN(number1, number2, ...) The function is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. =MIN(15,18,6) Returns 6 Mathematical MOD(x, y) The function is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. =MOD(6,3) Returns 0 Logical NOT(logical) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 1 (TRUE) if the argument is FALSE and 0 (FALSE) if the argument is TRUE. =NOT(2<5) Returns 0 Logical OR(logical1, logical2, ...) The function is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns 0 (FALSE) if all the arguments are FALSE. =OR(1>0,1>3) Returns 1 Mathematical PRODUCT(argument-list) The function is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. =PRODUCT(2,5) Returns 10 Mathematical ROUND(x, num_digits) The function is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. =ROUND(2.25,1) Returns 2.3 Mathematical SIGN(x) The function is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. =SIGN(-12) Returns -1 Mathematical SUM(argument-list) The function is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. =SUM(5,3,2) Returns 10 Logical TRUE() The function returns 1 (TRUE) and does not require any argument. =TRUE Returns 1" + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", + "title": "Add hyperlinks", + "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", + "title": "Aggiungere una filigrana", + "body": "Una filigrana è un testo o un’immagine inserita sotto il livello del testo principale. Le filigrane di testo permettono d’indicare lo stato del tuo documento (per esempio, riservato, bozza etc.), le filigrane d’immagine permetto di aggiungere un’immagine, ad esempio il logo delle tua azienda. Per aggiungere una filigrana all’interno di un documento: Passa alla scheda Layout di Pagina nella barra degli strumenti in alto. Fai clic sull’icona Filigrana nella barra degli strumenti in alto e scegli l’opzione Filigrana personalizzata dal menù. Successivamente verrà visualizzata la finestra Impostazioni Filigrana. Seleziona un tipo di filigrana che desideri inserire: Utilizza l’opzione Testo filigrana e rogola i parametri disponibili: Lingua - selezionare una delle lingue disponibili dalla lista, Testo - selezionare uno degli esempi di testo disponibili nella lingua selezionata. Per l'inglese sono disponibili i seguenti testi di filigrana: ASAP, CONFIDENTIAL, COPY, DO NOT COPY, DRAFT, ORIGINAL, PERSONAL, SAMPLE, TOP SECRET, URGENT. Carattere - seleziona il nome e la dimensione del carattere dagli elenchi a discesa corrispondenti. Utilizzare le icone sulla destra per impostare il colore del carattere o applicare uno degli stili di decorazione del carattere: Grassetto, Corsivo, Sotttolineato, Barrato, Semitrasparente - seleziona questa casella se desideri applicare la trasparenza, Layout - seleziona l’opzione Diagonale od Orizzonatale. Utilizza l’opzione Immagine filigrana e regola i parametri disponibili: Scegli l'origine del file immagine utilizzando uno dei pulsanti: Da file o Da URL - l'immagine verrà visualizzata nella finestra di anteprima a destra, Ridimensiona - seleziona il valore di scala necessario tra quelli disponibili: Auto, 500%, 200%, 150%, 100%, 50%. Fai clic sul pulsante OK. Per modificare la filigrana aggiunta, apri la finestra Impostazioni Filigrana come descritto sopra, modifica i parametri necessari e fai clic su OK. Per eleminare la filigrana aggiunta, fai clic sull’icona Filigrana nella scheda Layout di Pagina della barra degli strumenti in alto e scegli l’opzione Rimuovi filigrana dal menù. È anche possibile utilizzare l'opzione Nessuno nella finestra Impostazioni Filigrana." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", + "title": "Align and arrange objects on a page", + "body": "The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on a page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to align objects relative to the edges of the page, Align to Margin to align objects relative to the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the page/left page margin, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the page/center of the space between the left and right page margins, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the page/right page margin, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the page/top page margin, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the page/middle of the space between the top and bottom page margins, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the page/bottom page margin. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the page or to the page margins. The Align to Margin option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that the equal distance appears between them, Click the Align icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to distribute objects between the edges of the page, Align to Margin to distribute objects between the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the page/left and right page margins. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to join several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously joined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously joined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange objects (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon at the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", + "title": "Align your text in a paragraph", + "body": "The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that, place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: Left alignment with the text lined up by the left side of the page (the right side remains unaligned) is done with the Align left icon situated at the top toolbar. Center alignment with the text lined up by the center of the page (the right and the left sides remains unaligned) is done with the Align center icon situated at the top toolbar. Right alignment with the text lined up by the right side of the page (the left side remains unaligned) is done with the Align right icon situated at the top toolbar. Justified alignment with the text lined up by both the left and the right sides of the page (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done with the Justified icon situated at the top toolbar. The alignment parameters are also available at the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified, click the OK button, to apply the changes." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", + "title": "Select background color for a paragraph", + "body": "Background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one, select a color scheme for your document from the available ones clicking the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: click the downward arrow next to the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, or click the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar, or click the 'Show advanced settings' link at the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option in the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption. select any color in the available palettes After you select the necessary color using the icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just clicking the icon (it displays the selected color), without the necessity to choose this color on the palette again. If you use the Background Color option at the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph, while you are also using some general color selected with the help of the icon). To clear the background color of a certain paragraph, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption at the right sidebar select the icon." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", + "title": "Change color scheme", + "body": "Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document, since they are define the Theme Colors palette for document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you've applied some Theme Colors to document elements and then selected a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document change correspondingly. To change a color scheme, click the downward arrow next to the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary color scheme from the available ones: Office, Grayscale, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Paper, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, Verve. The selected color scheme will be highlighted in the list. Once you select the preferred color scheme, you can select colors in a color palettes window that corresponds to the document element you want to apply the color to. For most of the document elements, the color palettes window can be accessed by clicking the colored box at the right sidebar when the necessary element is selected. For the font, this window can be opened using the downward arrow next to the Font color icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following palettes are available: Theme Colors - the colors that correspond to the selected color scheme of the document. Standard Colors - the default colors set. The selected color scheme does not affect them. Custom Color - click this caption if there is no needed color in the available palettes. Select the necessary colors range moving the vertical color slider and set the specific color dragging the color picker within the large square color field. Once you select a color with the color picker, the appropriate RGB and sRGB color values will be displayed in the fields on the right. You can also specify a color on the base of the RGB color model entering the necessary numeric values into the R, G, B (red, green, blue) fields or enter the sRGB hexadecimal code into the field marked with the # sign. The selected color appears in the New preview box. If the object was previously filled with any custom color, this color is displayed in the Current box so you can compare the original and modified colors. When the color is specified, click the Add button: The custom color will be applied to the selected element and added to the Custom color palette." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", + "title": "Change text wrapping", + "body": "The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: select a separate object on the page left-clicking it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills in the open white space within the object. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the necessary values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position at the Table Position tab." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", + "title": "Copy/clear text formatting", + "body": "To copy a certain text formatting, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this ), select the text passage you want to apply the same formatting to. To apply the copied formatting to multiple text passages, select the text passage which formatting you need to copy with the mouse or using the keyboard, double-click the Copy style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar (the mouse pointer will look like this and the Copy style icon will remain selected: ), select the necessary text passages one by one to apply the same formatting to each of them, to exit this mode, click the Copy style icon once again or press the Esc key on the keyboard. To quickly remove the applied formatting from your text, select the text passage which formatting you want to remove, click the Clear style icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", + "title": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions", + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) within the current document use the corresponding options from the right-click menu or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The text/object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text within the same document you can just select the necessary text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting the paragraph text or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows to paste the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. If you paste the copied table into an existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells - allows to replace the existing table contents with the pasted data. This option is selected by default. Nest table - allows to paste the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only - allows to paste the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. Undo/redo your actions To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons in the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon at the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon at the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. Note: when you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", + "title": "Create lists", + "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. The program also creates numbered lists automatically when you enter digit 1 with a dot or a bracket and a space after it: 1., 1). Bulleted lists can be created automatically when you enter the -, * characters and a space after them. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section. Join and separate lists To join a list to the preceding one: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Join to previous list option from the contextual menu. The lists will be joined and the numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To separate a list: click the list item where you want to begin a new list with the right mouse button, use the Separate list option from the contextual menu. The list will be separated, and the numbering in the second list will begin anew. Change numbering To continue sequential numbering in the second list according to the previous list numbering: click the first item of the second list with the right mouse button, use the Continue numbering option from the contextual menu. The numbering will continue in accordance with the first list numbering. To set a certain numbering initial value: click the list item where you want to apply a new numbering value with the right mouse button, use the Set numbering value option from the contextual menu, in a new window that opens, set the necessary numeric value and click the OK button. Change the list settings To change the bulleted or numbered list settings, such as a bullet/number type, alignment, size and color: click an existing list item or select the text you want to format as a list, click the Bullets or Numbering icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The bulleted list settings window looks like this: The numbered list settings window looks like this: For the bulleted list, you can choose a character used as a bullet, while for the numbered list you can choose the numbering type. The Alignment, Size and Color options are the same both for the bulleted and numbered lists. Bullet - allows to select the necessary character used for the bulleted list. When you click on the Font and Symbol field, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list. The following options are available: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number size corresponds to the text size. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window. To change the multilevel list settings, click a list item, click the Multilevel list icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the List Settings option, the List Settings window will open. The multilevel list settings window looks like this: Choose the necessary level of the list in the Level field on the left, then use the buttons on the top to adjust the bullet or number appearance for the selected level: Type - allows to select the necessary numbering type used for the numbered list or the necessary character used for the bulleted list. The following options are available for the numbered list: None, 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... For the bulleted list, you can choose one of the default symbols or use the New bullet option. When you click this option, the Symbol window opens that allows to choose one of the available characters. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. Alignment - allows to select the necessary bullet/number alignment type that is used to align bullets/numbers horizontally within the space designated for them at the beginning of the paragraph. The available alignment types are the following: Left, Center, Right. Size - allows to select the necessary bullet/number size. The Like a text option is selected by default. You can choose one of the predefined sizes from 8 to 96. Color - allows to select the necessary bullet/number color. The Like a text option is selected by default. When this option is selected, the bullet or number color corresponds to the text color. You can choose the Automatic option to apply the automatic color, or select one of the theme colors, or standard colors on the palette, or specify a custom color. All the changes are displayed in the Preview field. click OK to apply the changes and close the settings window." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Create a Table of Contents", + "body": "A table of contents contains a list of all chapters (sections etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter is started. This allows to easily navigate through a multi-page document quickly switching to the necessary part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the base of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without the necessity to edit headings and change page numbers manually if the document text has been changed. Define the heading structure Format headings First of all, format headings in you document using one of the predefined styles. To do that, Select the text you want to include into the table of contents. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar. Click the style you want to apply. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, you can refer to this page. Manage headings Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows to easily navigate between headings in the document text as well as manage the heading structure. Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu: Promote - to move the currently selected heading up to the higher level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 2 to Heading 1. Demote - to move the currently selected heading down to the lower level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 1 to Heading 2. New heading before - to add a new empty heading of the same level before the currently selected one. New heading after - to add a new empty heading of the same level after the currently selected one. New subheading - to add a new empty subheading (i.e. a heading with lower level) after the currently selected heading. When the heading or subheading is added, click on the added empty heading in the list and type in your own text. This can be done both in the document text and on the Navigation panel itself. Select content - to select the text below the current heading in the document (including the text related to all subheadings of this heading). Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Navigation panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Navigation panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar once again. Insert a Table of Contents into the document To insert a table of contents into your document: Position the insertion point where you want to add the table of contents. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar. Click the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings. The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page. Adjust the created Table of Contents Refresh the Table of Contents After the table of contents is created, you may continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the preceding or subsequent section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents. Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon at the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh entire table - to add the headings that you added to the document, remove the ones you deleted from the document, update the edited (renamed) headings as well as update page numbers. Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options. It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu. Adjust the Table of Contents settings To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and select the Settings option from the menu. Select the table of contents in the document text, click the arrow next to the table of contents field title and select the Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the Table of contents settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings: Show page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to display page numbers or not. Right align page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to align page numbers by the right side of the page or not. Leader - this option allows to choose the leader type you want to use. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between a heading and a corresponding page number. It's also possible to select the None option if you do not want to use leaders. Format Table of Contents as links - this option is checked by default. If you uncheck it, you will not be able to switch to the necessary chapter by pressing Ctrl and clicking the corresponding heading. Build table of contents from - this section allows to specify the necessary number of outline levels as well as the default styles that will be used to create the table of contents. Check the necessary radio button: Outline levels - when this option is selected, you will be able to adjust the number of hierarchical levels used in the table of contents. Click the arrows in the Levels field to decrease or increase the number of levels (the values from 1 to 9 are available). E.g., if you select the value of 3, headings that have levels 4 - 9 will not be included into the table of contents. Selected styles - when this option is selected, you can specify additional styles that can be used to build the table of contents and assign a corresponding outline level to each of them. Specify the desired level value in the field to the right of the style. Once you save the settings, you will be able to use this style when creating the table of contents. Styles - this options allows to select the desired appearance of the table of contents. Select the necessary style from the drop-down list. The preview field above displays how the table of contents should look like. The following four default styles are available: Simple, Standard, Modern, Classic. The Current option is used if you customize the table of contents style. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. Customize the Table of Contents style After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). Refresh the table of contents. Remove the Table of Contents To remove the table of contents from the document: click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and use the Remove table of contents option, or click the arrow next to the table of contents content control title and use the Remove table of contents option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", + "title": "Apply font decoration styles", + "body": "You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. To access advanced font settings, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. Then the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window will open where you need to switch to the Font tab. Here you can use the following font decoration styles and settings: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. Increase the default value to apply the Expanded spacing, or decrease the default value to apply the Condensed spacing. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. Position is used to set the characters position (vertical offset) in the line. Increase the default value to move characters upwards, or decrease the default value to move characters downwards. Use the arrow buttons or enter the necessary value in the box. All the changes will be displayed in the preview field below." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", + "title": "Set font type, size, and color", + "body": "You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the document, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. If a required font is not available in the list, you can download and install it on your operating system, after that the font will be available for use in the desktop version. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list (the default values are: 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 36, 48, 72 and 96). It's also possible to manually enter a custom value to the font size field and then press Enter. Increment font size Is used to change the font size making it larger one point each time the button is pressed. Decrement font size Is used to change the font size making it smaller one point each time the button is pressed. Highlight color Is used to mark separate sentences, phrases, words, or even characters by adding a color band that imitates highlighter pen effect around the text. You can select the necessary part of the text and then click the downward arrow next to the icon to select a color on the palette (this color set does not depend on the selected Color scheme and includes 16 colors) - the color will be applied to the text selection. Alternatively, you can first choose a highlight color and then start selecting the text with the mouse - the mouse pointer will look like this and you'll be able to highlight several different parts of your text sequentially. To stop highlighting just click the icon once again. To clear the highlight color, choose the No Fill option. Highlight color is different from the Background color as the latter is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. By default, the automatic font color is set in a new blank document. It is displayed as a black font on the white background. If you change the background color into black, the font color will automatically change into white to keep the text clearly visible. To choose a different color, click the downward arrow next to the icon and select a color from the available palettes (the colors on the Theme Colors palette depend on the selected color scheme). After you change the default font color, you can use the Automatic option in the color palettes window to quickly restore the automatic color for the selected text passage. Note: to learn more about the work with color palettes, please refer to this page." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", + "title": "Apply formatting styles", + "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. Style application depends on whether a style is a paragraph style (normal, no spacing, headings, list paragraph etc.), or the text style (based on the font type, size, color), as well as on whether a text passage is selected, or the mouse cursor is positioned within a word. In some cases you might need to select the necessary style from the style library twice so that it can be applied correctly: when you click the style at the style panel for the first time, the paragraph style properties are applied. When you click it for the second time, the text properties are applied. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to, select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. It's also possible to choose the Same as created new style option. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", + "title": "Insert autoshapes", + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon at the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). It's also possible to add a caption to the autoshape. To learn more on how to work with captions for autoshapes, you can refer to this article. Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Rotation is used to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the shape horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the shape by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the shape by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) to flip the shape vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. Show shadow - check this option to display shape with shadow. Adjust autoshape advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the shape by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the shape horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the shape vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the autoshape moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two autoshapes overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertBookmarks.htm", + "title": "Add bookmarks", + "body": "Bookmarks allow to quickly jump to a certain position in the current document or add a link to this location within the document. To add a bookmark within a document: specify the place where you want the bookmark to be added: put the mouse cursor at the beginning of the necessary text passage, or select the necessary text passage, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Bookmark icon at the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window that opens, enter the Bookmark name and click the Add button - a bookmark will be added to the bookmark list displayed below, Note: the bookmark name should begin wish a letter, but it can also contain numbers. The bookmark name cannot contain spaces, but can include the underscore character \"_\". To go to one of the added bookmarks within the document text: click the Bookmark icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Bookmarks window that opens, select the bookmark you want to jump to. To easily find the necessary bookmark in the list you can sort the list by bookmark Name or by Location of a bookmark within the document text, check the Hidden bookmarks option to display hidden bookmarks in the list (i.e. the bookmarks automatically created by the program when adding references to a certain part of the document. For example, if you create a hyperlink to a certain heading within the document, the document editor automatically creates a hidden bookmark to the target of this link). click the Go to button - the cursor will be positioned in the location within the document where the selected bookmark was added, or the corresponding text passage will be selected, click the Get Link button - a new window will open where you can press the Copy button to copy the link to the file which specifyes the bookmark location in the document. When you paste this link in a browser address bar and press Enter, the document will open in the location where the selected bookmark was added. Note: if you want to share this link with other users, you'll also need to provide corresponding access rights to the file for certain users using the Sharing option at the Collaboration tab. click the Close button to close the window. To delete a bookmark select it in the bookmark list and use the Delete button. To find out how to use bookmarks when creating links please refer to the Add hyperlinks section." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", + "title": "Insert charts", + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape Settings tab at the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as plot area, data series, chart title, legend etc and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available at the Shape Settings tab: color, width and type. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, you can refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available at the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current chart Width and Height. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the chart moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two charts overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Insert content controls", + "body": "Content controls are objects containing different types of contents, such as text, objects etc. Depending on the selected content control type, you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted etc. Note: the possibility to add new content controls is available in the paid version only. In the open source version, you can edit existing content controls, as well as copy and paste them. Currently, you can add the following types of content controls: Plain Text, Rich Text, Picture, Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. Plain Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph. Rich Text is an object containing text that can be formatted. Rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Picture is an object containing a single image. Combo box is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows to choose one of the predefined values from the list and edit the selected value if necessary. Drop-down list is an object containing a drop-down list with a set of choices. It allows to choose one of the predefined values from the list. The selected value cannot be edited. Date is an object containing a calendar that allows to choose a date. Check box is an object that allows to display two states: check box is selected and check box is cleared. Adding content controls Create a new Plain Text content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added, or select a text passage you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Plain Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc. Create a new Rich Text content control position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Rich Text option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Create a new Picture content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Picture option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. click the image icon in the button above the content control border - a standard file selection window will open. Choose an image stored on your computer and click Open. The selected image will be displayed within the content control. To replace the image, click the image icon in the button above the content control border and select another image. Create a new Combo box or Drop-down list content control The Combo box and Drop-down list content controls contain a drop-down list with a set of choices. They can be created in nearly the same way. The main difference between them is that the selected value in the drop-down list cannot be edited, while the selected value in the combo box can be replaced with your own one. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Combo box or Drop-down list option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Combo box or Drop-down list tab, depending on the selected content control type. to add a new list item, click the Add button and fill in the available fields in the window that opens: specify the necessary text in the Display name field, e.g. Yes, No, Other. This text will be displayed in the content control within the document. by default, the text in the Value field corresponds to the one entered in the Display name field. If you want to edit the text in the Value field, note that the entered value must be unique for each item. click the OK button. you can edit or delete the list items by using the Edit or Delete buttons on the right or change the item order using the Up and Down button. when all the necessary choices are set, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box or Drop-down list content control to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected from the Combo box, you can edit the displayed text replacing it with your own one entirely or partially. The Drop-down list does not allow to edit the selected item. Create a new Date content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Date option from the menu - the control with the current date will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Date format tab. choose the necessary Language and select the necessary date format in the Display the date like this list. click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Date content control to open the calendar and choose the necessary date. Create a new Check box content control position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Check box option from the menu - the control will be inserted at the insertion point. right-click the added control and choose the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. in the the Content Control Settings window that opens switch to the Check box tab. click the Checked symbol button to specify the necessary symbol for the selected check box or the Unchecked symbol to select how the cleared check box should look like. The Symbol window will open. To learn more on how to work with symbols, you can refer to this article. when the symbols are specified, click the OK button to save the settings and close the window. The added check box is displayed in the unchecked mode. If you click the added check box it will be checked with the symbol selected in the Checked symbol list. Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing plain text and rich text content controls Text within the plain text and rich text content controls can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops. Changing content control settings No matter which type of content controls is selected, you can change the content control settings in the General and Locking sections of the Content Control Settings window. To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open. At the General tab, you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title or Tag in the corresponding fields. The title will be displayed when the control is selected in the document. Tags are used to identify content controls so that you can make reference to them in your code. Choose if you want to display the content control with a Bounding box or not. Use the None option to display the control without the bounding box. If you select the Bounding box option, you can choose this box Color using the field below. Click the Apply to All button to apply the specified Appearance settings to all the content controls in the document. At the Locking tab, you can protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the following settings: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. For certain types of content controls, the third tab is also available that contains the settings specific for the selected content control type only: Combo box, Drop-down list, Date, Check box. These settings are described above in the sections about adding the corresponding content controls. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. It's also possible to highlight content controls with a certain color. To highlight controls with a color: Click the button to the left of the control border to select the control, Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar, Select the Highlight Settings option from the menu, Select the necessary color on the available palettes: Theme Colors, Standard Colors or specify a new Custom Color. To remove previously applied color highlighting, use the No highlighting option. The selected highlight options will be applied to all the content controls in the document. Removing content controls To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", + "title": "Insert a drop cap", + "body": "A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height. To add a drop cap, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Drop Cap icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the option you need: In Text - to place the drop cap within the paragraph. In Margin - to place the drop cap in the left margin. The first character of the selected paragraph will be transformed into a drop cap. If you need the drop cap to include some more characters, add them manually: select the drop cap and type in other letters you need. To adjust the drop cap appearance (i.e. font size, type, decoration style or color), select the letter and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When the drop cap is selected, it's surrounded by a frame (a container used to position the drop cap on the page). You can quickly change the frame size dragging its borders or change its position using the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the frame. To delete the added drop cap, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the None option from the drop-down list. To adjust the added drop cap parameters, select it, click the Drop Cap icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar and choose the Drop Cap Settings option from the drop-down list. The Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window will open: The Drop Cap tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to change the drop cap placement. Select the In Text or In Margin option, or click None to delete the drop cap. Font - is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. Height in rows - is used to specify how many lines the drop cap should span. It's possible to select a value from 1 to 10. Distance from text - is used to specify the amount of space between the text of the paragraph and the right border of the frame that surrounds the drop cap. The Borders & Fill tab allows to add a border around the drop cap and adjust its parameters. They are the following: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the borders (top, bottom, left, right or their combination) you want to apply these settings to. Background color - choose the color for the drop cap background. The Margins tab allows to set the distance between the drop cap and the Top, Bottom, Left and Right borders around it (if the borders have previously been added). Once the drop cap is added you can also change the Frame parameters. To access them, right click within the frame and select the Frame Advanced Settings from the menu. The Frame - Advanced Settings window will open: The Frame tab allows to set the following parameters: Position - is used to select the Inline or Flow wrapping style. Or you can click None to delete the frame. Width and Height - are used to change the frame dimensions. The Auto option allows to automatically adjust the frame size to fit the drop cap in it. The Exactly option allows to specify fixed values. The At least option is used to set the minimum height value (if you change the drop cap size, the frame height changes accordingly, but it cannot be less than the specified value). Horizontal parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or column, or to align the frame (left, center or right) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the horizontal Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the vertical frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Vertical parameters are used either to set the frame exact position in the selected units of measurement relative to a margin, page or paragraph, or to align the frame (top, center or bottom) relative to one of these reference points. You can also set the vertical Distance from text i.e. the amount of space between the horizontal frame borders and the text of the paragraph. Move with text - controls whether the frame moves as the paragraph to which it is anchored moves. The Borders & Fill and Margins tabs allow to set just the same parameters as at the tabs of the same name in the Drop Cap - Advanced Settings window." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", + "title": "Insert equations", + "body": "Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, put the cursor within the necessary line , switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the or icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut. It's also possible to add a caption to the equation. To learn more on how to work with captions for equations, you can refer to this article. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down. If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. This option is also available for equations of other types if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", + "title": "Insert footnotes", + "body": "You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When ready, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", + "title": "Insert headers and footers", + "body": "To add a header or footer to your document or edit the existing one, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options: Edit Header to insert or edit the header text. Edit Footer to insert or edit the footer text. change the current parameters for headers or footers at the right sidebar: Set the Position of text relative to the top (for headers) or bottom (for footers) of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different header or footer to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any header/ footer to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to add different headers/footer for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that the same headers/footers are applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different headers/footers for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. To enter a text or edit the already entered text and adjust the header or footer settings, you can also double-click within the upper or lower part of a page or click with the right mouse button there and select the only menu option - Edit Header or Edit Footer. To switch to the document body, double-click within the working area. The text you use as a header or footer will be displayed in gray. Note: please refer to the Insert page numbers section to learn how to add page numbers to your document." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", + "title": "Insert images", + "body": "In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Image from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Image from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button the Image from Storage option will open the Select data source window. Select an image stored on your portal and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position. It's also possible to add a caption to the image. To learn more on how to work with captions for images, you can refer to this article. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the actual image size clicking the Actual Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. The Crop button is used to crop the image. Click the Crop button to activate cropping handles which appear on the image corners and in the center of each its side. Manually drag the handles to set the cropping area. You can move the mouse cursor over the cropping area border so that it turns into the icon and drag the area. To crop a single side, drag the handle located in the center of this side. To simultaneously crop two adjacent sides, drag one of the corner handles. To equally crop two opposite sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the handle in the center of one of these sides. To equally crop all sides of the image, hold down the Ctrl key when dragging any of the corner handles. When the cropping area is specified, click the Crop button once again, or press the Esc key, or click anywhere outside of the cropping area to apply the changes. After the cropping area is selected, it's also possible to use the Fill and Fit options available from the Crop drop-down menu. Click the Crop button once again and select the option you need: If you select the Fill option, the central part of the original image will be preserved and used to fill the selected cropping area, while other parts of the image will be removed. If you select the Fit option, the image will be resized so that it fits the cropping area height or width. No parts of the original image will be removed, but empty spaces may appear within the selected cropping area. Rotation is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Click one of the buttons: to rotate the image by 90 degrees counterclockwise to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise to flip the image horizontally (left to right) to flip the image vertically (upside down) Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Rotate is used to rotate the image by 90 degrees clockwise or counterclockwise as well as to flip the image horizontally or vertically. Crop is used to apply one of the cropping options: Crop, Fill or Fit. Select the Crop option from the submenu, then drag the cropping handles to set the cropping area, and click one of these three options from the submenu once again to apply the changes. Actual Size is used to change the current image size to the actual one. Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. At the Shape Settings tab, you can also use the Show shadow option to add a shadow to the image. Adjust image advanced settings To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the actual size of the added image, click the Actual Size button. The Rotation tab contains the following parameters: Angle - use this option to rotate the image by an exactly specified angle. Enter the necessary value measured in degrees into the field or adjust it using the arrows on the right. Flipped - check the Horizontally box to flip the image horizontally (left to right) or check the Vertically box to flip the image vertically (upside down). The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", + "title": "Insert page numbers", + "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters at the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertSymbols.htm", + "title": "Inserire simboli e caratteri", + "body": "Durante il processo di lavoro potrebbe essere necessario inserire un simbolo che non si trova sulla tastiera. Per inserire tali simboli nel tuo documento, usa l’opzione Inserisci simbolo e segui questi semplici passaggi: posiziona il cursore nella posizione in cui deve essere inserito un simbolo speciale, passa alla scheda Inserisci della barra degli strumenti in alto, fai clic sull’icona Simbolo, viene visualizzata la scheda di dialogo Simbolo da cui è possibile selezionare il simbolo appropriato, utilizza la sezione Intervallo per trovare rapidamente il simbolo necessario. Tutti i simboli sono divisi in gruppi specifici, ad esempio seleziona \"Simboli di valuta” se desideri inserire un carattere di valuta. se questo carattere non è nel set, seleziona un carattere diverso. Molti di loro hanno anche caratteri diversi dal set standard. in alternativa, immetti il valore esadecimale Unicode del simbolo desiderato nel campo valore Unicode HEX. Questo codice si trova nella Mappa caratteri. i simboli utilizzati in precedenza vengono visualizzati anche nel campo Simboli usati di recente, fai clic su Inserisci. Il carattere selezionato verrà aggiunto al documento. Inserire simboli ASCII La tabella ASCII viene anche utilizzata per aggiungere caratteri. Per fare ciò, tieni premuto il tasto ALT e usa il tastierino numerico per inserire il codice carattere. Nota: assicurarsi di utilizzare il tastierino numerico, non i numeri sulla tastiera principale. Per abilitare il tastierino numerico, premere il tasto Bloc Num. Ad esempio, per aggiungere ad un paragrafo il carattere (§), premere e tenere premuto il tasto ALT mentre si digita 789 e quindi rilasciare il tasto ALT. Inserire simboli usando la tabella Unicode Ulteriori caratteri e simboli possono essere trovati anche nella tabella dei simboli di Windows. Per aprire questa tabella, effettuate una delle seguenti operazioni: nel campo Ricerca scrivi 'Tabella caratteri' e aprila, in alternativa premi contemporaneamente Win + R, quindi nella seguente finestra digita charmap.exe e fai clic su OK. Nella Mappa caratteri aperta, selezionare uno dei Set di caratteri, Gruppi e Caratteri. Quindi, fai clic sui caratteri necessari, copiali negli appunti e incollali nella posizione corretta del documento." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", + "title": "Insert tables", + "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where you want the table to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. If you want to draw a table using the mouse, select the Draw Table option. This can be useful, if you want to create a table with rows and colums of different sizes. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a rectangular shape where you want to add a table, then add rows by drawing horizontal lines and columns by drawing vertical lines within the table boundary. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position. To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border up or down. To move a table, hold down the handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document. It's also possible to add a caption to the table. To learn more on how to work with captions for tables, you can refer to this article. Select a table or its part To select an entire table, click the handle in its upper left corner. To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow , then left-click. It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. It's also possible to insert several rows or columns. If you select the Several Rows/Columns option, the Insert Several window opens. Select the Rows or Columns option from the list, specify the number of rows/column you want to add, choose where they should be added: Above the cursor or Below the cursor and click OK. Delete is used to delete a row, column, table or cells. If you select the Cells option, the Delete Cells window will open, where you can select if you want to Shift cells left, Delete entire row, or Delete entire column. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. It's also possible to merge cells by erasing a boundary between them using the eraser tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Erase Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the eraser . Move the mouse cursor over the border between the cells you want to merge and erase it. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. It's also possible to split a cell by drawing rows or columns using the pencil tool. To do this, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, choose the Draw Table option. The mouse cursor will turn into the pencil . Draw a horizontal line to create a row or a vertical line to create a column. Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height. Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate Text Down), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate Text Up). Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Rows & Columns Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. Add formula is used to insert a formula into the selected table cell. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Adjust table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows to change the following parameters: Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", + "title": "Insert text objects", + "body": "To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, rotate or flip a text box, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate Text Down (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate Text Up (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can: align the text horizontally within the text box adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box insert a hyperlink You can also click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of letters with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the letters with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Note: if one of these two options is selected, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", + "title": "Set paragraph line spacing", + "body": "In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. These parameters can also be found in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, right-click the text and choose the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar. Then switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and go to the Spacing section. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", + "title": "Show/hide nonprinting characters", + "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window. Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables These markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph It indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols They indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", + "title": "Create a new document or open an existing one", + "body": "To create a new document In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Create New option. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Document menu item from the Create new section of the left sidebar - a new file will open in a new tab, when all the necessary changes are made, click the Save icon in the upper left corner or switch to the File tab and choose the Save as menu item. in the file manager window, select the file location, specify its name, choose the format you want to save the document to (DOCX, Document template (DOTX), ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, PDF or PDFA) and click the Save button. To open an existing document In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Open local file menu item at the left sidebar, choose the necessary document from the file manager window and click the Open button. You can also right-click the necessary document in the file manager window, select the Open with option and choose the necessary application from the menu. If the office documents files are associated with the application, you can also open documents by double-clicking the file name in the file explorer window. All the directories that you have accessed using the desktop editor will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterwards. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it. To open a recently edited document In the online editor click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Open Recent... option, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. In the desktop editor in the main program window, select the Recent files menu item at the left sidebar, choose the document you need from the list of recently edited documents. To open the folder where the file is stored in a new browser tab in the online version, in the file explorer window in the desktop version, click the Open file location icon on the right side of the editor header. Alternatively, you can switch to the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Open file location option." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", + "title": "Insert page breaks", + "body": "In Document Editor, you can add a page break to start a new page, insert a blank page and adjust pagination options. To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination. To insert a blank page at the current cursor position click the Blank Page icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar. This inserts two page breaks that creates a blank page. To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page: click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box at the Line & Page Breaks tab of the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph), click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box at the Line & Page Breaks in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The Line & Page Breaks tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options: Keep with next - is used to prevent a page break between the selected paragraph and the next one. Orphan control - is selected by default and used to prevent a single line of the paragraph (the first or last) from appearing at the top or bottom of the page." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", + "title": "Change paragraph indents", + "body": "In Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left part of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab and set the necessary parameters in the Indents section: Left - set the paragraph offset from the left side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Right - set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page specifying the necessary numeric value, Special - set an indent for the first line of the paragraph: select the corresponding menu item ((none), First line, Hanging) and change the default numeric value specified for First Line or Hanging, click the OK button. To quickly change the paragraph offset from the left side of the page, you can also use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left side of the page for the second line and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left side of the page. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right side of the page." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", + "title": "Save/download/print your document", + "body": "Save/download/ print your document Saving By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. Note: in the desktop version, to prevent data loss in case of the unexpected program closing you can turn on the Autorecover option at the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, ODT, RTF, TXT, PDF, PDFA. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current document, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu. In the desktop version, the file will be printed directly. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", + "title": "Insert section breaks", + "body": "Section breaks allow you to apply a different layout or formatting for the certain parts of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section. Note: an inserted section break defines formatting of the preceding part of the document. To insert a section break at the current cursor position: click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar, select the Insert Section Break submenu select the necessary section break type: Next Page - to start a new section from the next page Continuous Page - to start a new section at the current page Even Page - to start a new section from the next even page Odd Page - to start a new section from the next odd page Added section breaks are indicated in your document by a double dotted line: If you do not see the inserted section breaks, click the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a section break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. Since a section break defines formatting of the preceding section, when you remove a section break, this section formatting will also be deleted. The document part that preceded the removed section break acquires the formatting of the part that followed it." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SetOutlineLevel.htm", + "title": "Impostare un livello di struttura del paragarfo", + "body": "Il livello di struttura indica il livello del paragrafo nella struttura del documento. Sono disponibili i seguenti livelli: Testo Base, Livello 1 - Livello 9. Il livello di struttura può essere specificato in diversi modi, ad esempio utilizzando gli stili d’intestazione: una volta assegnato uno stile di titolo (Titolo 1 - Titolo 9) ad un paragrafo, esso acquisisce un livello di struttura corrispondente. Se assegni un livello a un paragrafo utilizzando le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo, il paragrafo acquisisce solo il livello della struttura mentre il suo stile rimane invariato. Il livello di struttura può anche essere modificato nel pannello di Navigazione a sinistra usando le opzioni del menu contestuale. Per modificare il livello di struttura di un paragrafo utilizzando le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo, fai clic con il pulsante destro e seleziona l’opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu contestuale o utilizza l’opzione Mostra impostazioni avanzate nella barra laterale destra, apri la scheda Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate, passa alla scheda Rientri e spaziatura, seleziona il livello di struttura necessario dall’elenco Livelli di struttura. fai click sul pulsante OK per applicare le modifiche." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", + "title": "Set page parameters", + "body": "To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Note: all these parameters are applied to the entire document. If you need to set different page margins, orientation, size, or column number for the separate parts of your document, please refer to this page. Page Orientation Change the current orientation type clicking the Orientation icon. The default orientation type is Portrait that can be switched to Album. Page Size Change the default A4 format clicking the Size icon and selecting the needed one from the list. The available preset sizes are: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) You can also set a special page size by selecting the Custom Page Size option from the list. The Page Size window will open where you'll be able to select the necessary Preset (US Letter, US Legal, A4, A5, B5, Envelope #10, Envelope DL, Tabloid, AЗ, Tabloid Oversize, ROC 16K, Envelope Choukei 3, Super B/A3, A0, A1, A2, A6) or set custom Width and Height values. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. When ready, click OK to apply the changes. Page Margins Change default margins, i.e. the blank space between the left, right, top and bottom page edges and the paragraph text, clicking the Margins icon and selecting one of the available presets: Normal, US Normal, Narrow, Moderate, Wide. You can also use the Custom Margins option to set your own values in the Margins window that opens. Enter the necessary Top, Bottom, Left and Right page margin values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Gutter position is used to set up additional space on the left or top of the document. Gutter option might come in handy to make sure bookbinding does not cover text. In Margins window enter the necessary gutter position into the entry fields and choose where it should be placed in. Note: Gutter position function cannot be used when Mirror margins option is checked. In Multiple pages drop-down menu choose Mirror margins option to to set up facing pages for double-sided documents. With this option checked, Left and Right margins turn into Inside and Outside margins respectively. In Orientation drop-down menu choose from Portrait and Landscape options. All applied changes to the document will be displayed in the Preview window. When ready, click OK. The custom margins will be applied to the current document and the Last Custom option with the specified parameters will appear in the Margins list so that you can apply them to some other documents.

    You can also change the margins manually by dragging the border between the grey and white areas on the rulers (the grey areas of the rulers indicate page margins): Columns Apply a multi-column layout clicking the Columns icon and selecting the necessary column type from the drop-down list. The following options are available: Two - to add two columns of the same width, Three - to add three columns of the same width, Left - to add two columns: a narrow column on the left and a wide column on the right, Right - to add two columns: a narrow column on the right and a wide column on the left. If you want to adjust column settings, select the Custom Columns option from the list. The Columns window will open where you'll be able to set necessary Number of columns (it's possible to add up to 12 columns) and Spacing between columns. Enter your new values into the entry fields or adjust the existing values using arrow buttons. Check the Column divider box to add a vertical line between the columns. When ready, click OK to apply the changes. To exactly specify where a new column should start, place the cursor before the text that you want to move into the new column, click the Breaks icon at the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. The text will be moved to the next column. Added column breaks are indicated in your document by a dotted line: . If you do not see the inserted column breaks, click the icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar to display them. To remove a column break select it with the mouse and press the Delete key. To manually change the column width and spacing, you can use the horizontal ruler. To cancel columns and return to a regular single-column layout, click the Columns icon at the top toolbar and select the One option from the list." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", + "title": "Set tab stops", + "body": "In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tabs tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", + "title": "Use Mail Merge", + "body": "Note: this option is available in the online version only. The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients. To start working with the Mail Merge feature, Prepare a data source and load it to the main document A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK. Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar. Verify or change the recipients list Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: and - to copy and paste the copied data and - to undo and redo undone actions and - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter - to clear all the applied filter parameters Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button. Insert merge fields and check the results Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list. Specify the merge parameters Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later Email - to send the results to recipients by email Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc. Complete the merge If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder. click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window. If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module. In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically. Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field. Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients). Click the Send button. Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", + "title": "View document information", + "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes a number of the file properties which describe the document. Some of these properties are updated automatically, and some of them can be edited. Location - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner - the name of the user who have created the file. Uploaded - the date and time when the file has been created. These properties are available in the online version only. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Title, Subject, Comment - these properties allow to simplify your documents classification. You can specify the necessary text in the properties fields. Last Modified - the date and time when the file was last modified. Last Modified By - the name of the user who have made the latest change in the document if a document has been shared and it can be edited by several users. Application - the application the document was created with. Author - the person who have created the file. You can enter the necessary name in this field. Press Enter to add a new field that allows to specify one more author. If you changed the file properties, click the Apply button to apply the changes. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document name directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information In the online version, you can view the information about permissions to the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History In the online version, you can view the version history for the files stored in the cloud. Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." + } +] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/js/jquery.min.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/js/jquery.min.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a85bd346 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/search/js/jquery.min.js @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/*! jQuery v2.0.3 | (c) 2005, 2013 jQuery Foundation, Inc. | jquery.org/license +//@ sourceMappingURL=jquery.min.map +*/ +(function(e,undefined){var t,n,r=typeof undefined,i=e.location,o=e.document,s=o.documentElement,a=e.jQuery,u=e.$,l={},c=[],p="2.0.3",f=c.concat,h=c.push,d=c.slice,g=c.indexOf,m=l.toString,y=l.hasOwnProperty,v=p.trim,x=function(e,n){return new x.fn.init(e,n,t)},b=/[+-]?(?:\d*\.|)\d+(?:[eE][+-]?\d+|)/.source,w=/\S+/g,T=/^(?:\s*(<[\w\W]+>)[^>]*|#([\w-]*))$/,C=/^<(\w+)\s*\/?>(?:<\/\1>|)$/,k=/^-ms-/,N=/-([\da-z])/gi,E=function(e,t){return t.toUpperCase()},S=function(){o.removeEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",S,!1),e.removeEventListener("load",S,!1),x.ready()};x.fn=x.prototype={jquery:p,constructor:x,init:function(e,t,n){var r,i;if(!e)return this;if("string"==typeof e){if(r="<"===e.charAt(0)&&">"===e.charAt(e.length-1)&&e.length>=3?[null,e,null]:T.exec(e),!r||!r[1]&&t)return!t||t.jquery?(t||n).find(e):this.constructor(t).find(e);if(r[1]){if(t=t instanceof x?t[0]:t,x.merge(this,x.parseHTML(r[1],t&&t.nodeType?t.ownerDocument||t:o,!0)),C.test(r[1])&&x.isPlainObject(t))for(r in t)x.isFunction(this[r])?this[r](t[r]):this.attr(r,t[r]);return this}return i=o.getElementById(r[2]),i&&i.parentNode&&(this.length=1,this[0]=i),this.context=o,this.selector=e,this}return e.nodeType?(this.context=this[0]=e,this.length=1,this):x.isFunction(e)?n.ready(e):(e.selector!==undefined&&(this.selector=e.selector,this.context=e.context),x.makeArray(e,this))},selector:"",length:0,toArray:function(){return d.call(this)},get:function(e){return null==e?this.toArray():0>e?this[this.length+e]:this[e]},pushStack:function(e){var t=x.merge(this.constructor(),e);return t.prevObject=this,t.context=this.context,t},each:function(e,t){return x.each(this,e,t)},ready:function(e){return x.ready.promise().done(e),this},slice:function(){return this.pushStack(d.apply(this,arguments))},first:function(){return this.eq(0)},last:function(){return this.eq(-1)},eq:function(e){var t=this.length,n=+e+(0>e?t:0);return this.pushStack(n>=0&&t>n?[this[n]]:[])},map:function(e){return this.pushStack(x.map(this,function(t,n){return e.call(t,n,t)}))},end:function(){return this.prevObject||this.constructor(null)},push:h,sort:[].sort,splice:[].splice},x.fn.init.prototype=x.fn,x.extend=x.fn.extend=function(){var e,t,n,r,i,o,s=arguments[0]||{},a=1,u=arguments.length,l=!1;for("boolean"==typeof s&&(l=s,s=arguments[1]||{},a=2),"object"==typeof s||x.isFunction(s)||(s={}),u===a&&(s=this,--a);u>a;a++)if(null!=(e=arguments[a]))for(t in e)n=s[t],r=e[t],s!==r&&(l&&r&&(x.isPlainObject(r)||(i=x.isArray(r)))?(i?(i=!1,o=n&&x.isArray(n)?n:[]):o=n&&x.isPlainObject(n)?n:{},s[t]=x.extend(l,o,r)):r!==undefined&&(s[t]=r));return s},x.extend({expando:"jQuery"+(p+Math.random()).replace(/\D/g,""),noConflict:function(t){return e.$===x&&(e.$=u),t&&e.jQuery===x&&(e.jQuery=a),x},isReady:!1,readyWait:1,holdReady:function(e){e?x.readyWait++:x.ready(!0)},ready:function(e){(e===!0?--x.readyWait:x.isReady)||(x.isReady=!0,e!==!0&&--x.readyWait>0||(n.resolveWith(o,[x]),x.fn.trigger&&x(o).trigger("ready").off("ready")))},isFunction:function(e){return"function"===x.type(e)},isArray:Array.isArray,isWindow:function(e){return null!=e&&e===e.window},isNumeric:function(e){return!isNaN(parseFloat(e))&&isFinite(e)},type:function(e){return null==e?e+"":"object"==typeof e||"function"==typeof e?l[m.call(e)]||"object":typeof e},isPlainObject:function(e){if("object"!==x.type(e)||e.nodeType||x.isWindow(e))return!1;try{if(e.constructor&&!y.call(e.constructor.prototype,"isPrototypeOf"))return!1}catch(t){return!1}return!0},isEmptyObject:function(e){var t;for(t in e)return!1;return!0},error:function(e){throw Error(e)},parseHTML:function(e,t,n){if(!e||"string"!=typeof e)return null;"boolean"==typeof t&&(n=t,t=!1),t=t||o;var r=C.exec(e),i=!n&&[];return r?[t.createElement(r[1])]:(r=x.buildFragment([e],t,i),i&&x(i).remove(),x.merge([],r.childNodes))},parseJSON:JSON.parse,parseXML:function(e){var t,n;if(!e||"string"!=typeof e)return null;try{n=new DOMParser,t=n.parseFromString(e,"text/xml")}catch(r){t=undefined}return(!t||t.getElementsByTagName("parsererror").length)&&x.error("Invalid XML: "+e),t},noop:function(){},globalEval:function(e){var t,n=eval;e=x.trim(e),e&&(1===e.indexOf("use strict")?(t=o.createElement("script"),t.text=e,o.head.appendChild(t).parentNode.removeChild(t)):n(e))},camelCase:function(e){return e.replace(k,"ms-").replace(N,E)},nodeName:function(e,t){return e.nodeName&&e.nodeName.toLowerCase()===t.toLowerCase()},each:function(e,t,n){var r,i=0,o=e.length,s=j(e);if(n){if(s){for(;o>i;i++)if(r=t.apply(e[i],n),r===!1)break}else for(i in e)if(r=t.apply(e[i],n),r===!1)break}else if(s){for(;o>i;i++)if(r=t.call(e[i],i,e[i]),r===!1)break}else for(i in e)if(r=t.call(e[i],i,e[i]),r===!1)break;return e},trim:function(e){return null==e?"":v.call(e)},makeArray:function(e,t){var n=t||[];return null!=e&&(j(Object(e))?x.merge(n,"string"==typeof e?[e]:e):h.call(n,e)),n},inArray:function(e,t,n){return null==t?-1:g.call(t,e,n)},merge:function(e,t){var n=t.length,r=e.length,i=0;if("number"==typeof n)for(;n>i;i++)e[r++]=t[i];else while(t[i]!==undefined)e[r++]=t[i++];return e.length=r,e},grep:function(e,t,n){var r,i=[],o=0,s=e.length;for(n=!!n;s>o;o++)r=!!t(e[o],o),n!==r&&i.push(e[o]);return i},map:function(e,t,n){var r,i=0,o=e.length,s=j(e),a=[];if(s)for(;o>i;i++)r=t(e[i],i,n),null!=r&&(a[a.length]=r);else for(i in e)r=t(e[i],i,n),null!=r&&(a[a.length]=r);return f.apply([],a)},guid:1,proxy:function(e,t){var n,r,i;return"string"==typeof t&&(n=e[t],t=e,e=n),x.isFunction(e)?(r=d.call(arguments,2),i=function(){return e.apply(t||this,r.concat(d.call(arguments)))},i.guid=e.guid=e.guid||x.guid++,i):undefined},access:function(e,t,n,r,i,o,s){var a=0,u=e.length,l=null==n;if("object"===x.type(n)){i=!0;for(a in n)x.access(e,t,a,n[a],!0,o,s)}else if(r!==undefined&&(i=!0,x.isFunction(r)||(s=!0),l&&(s?(t.call(e,r),t=null):(l=t,t=function(e,t,n){return l.call(x(e),n)})),t))for(;u>a;a++)t(e[a],n,s?r:r.call(e[a],a,t(e[a],n)));return i?e:l?t.call(e):u?t(e[0],n):o},now:Date.now,swap:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s={};for(o in t)s[o]=e.style[o],e.style[o]=t[o];i=n.apply(e,r||[]);for(o in t)e.style[o]=s[o];return i}}),x.ready.promise=function(t){return n||(n=x.Deferred(),"complete"===o.readyState?setTimeout(x.ready):(o.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",S,!1),e.addEventListener("load",S,!1))),n.promise(t)},x.each("Boolean Number String Function Array Date RegExp Object Error".split(" "),function(e,t){l["[object "+t+"]"]=t.toLowerCase()});function j(e){var t=e.length,n=x.type(e);return x.isWindow(e)?!1:1===e.nodeType&&t?!0:"array"===n||"function"!==n&&(0===t||"number"==typeof t&&t>0&&t-1 in e)}t=x(o),function(e,undefined){var t,n,r,i,o,s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m,y,v="sizzle"+-new Date,b=e.document,w=0,T=0,C=st(),k=st(),N=st(),E=!1,S=function(e,t){return e===t?(E=!0,0):0},j=typeof undefined,D=1<<31,A={}.hasOwnProperty,L=[],q=L.pop,H=L.push,O=L.push,F=L.slice,P=L.indexOf||function(e){var t=0,n=this.length;for(;n>t;t++)if(this[t]===e)return t;return-1},R="checked|selected|async|autofocus|autoplay|controls|defer|disabled|hidden|ismap|loop|multiple|open|readonly|required|scoped",M="[\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f]",W="(?:\\\\.|[\\w-]|[^\\x00-\\xa0])+",$=W.replace("w","w#"),B="\\["+M+"*("+W+")"+M+"*(?:([*^$|!~]?=)"+M+"*(?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|("+$+")|)|)"+M+"*\\]",I=":("+W+")(?:\\(((['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\()[\\]]|"+B.replace(3,8)+")*)|.*)\\)|)",z=RegExp("^"+M+"+|((?:^|[^\\\\])(?:\\\\.)*)"+M+"+$","g"),_=RegExp("^"+M+"*,"+M+"*"),X=RegExp("^"+M+"*([>+~]|"+M+")"+M+"*"),U=RegExp(M+"*[+~]"),Y=RegExp("="+M+"*([^\\]'\"]*)"+M+"*\\]","g"),V=RegExp(I),G=RegExp("^"+$+"$"),J={ID:RegExp("^#("+W+")"),CLASS:RegExp("^\\.("+W+")"),TAG:RegExp("^("+W.replace("w","w*")+")"),ATTR:RegExp("^"+B),PSEUDO:RegExp("^"+I),CHILD:RegExp("^:(only|first|last|nth|nth-last)-(child|of-type)(?:\\("+M+"*(even|odd|(([+-]|)(\\d*)n|)"+M+"*(?:([+-]|)"+M+"*(\\d+)|))"+M+"*\\)|)","i"),bool:RegExp("^(?:"+R+")$","i"),needsContext:RegExp("^"+M+"*[>+~]|:(even|odd|eq|gt|lt|nth|first|last)(?:\\("+M+"*((?:-\\d)?\\d*)"+M+"*\\)|)(?=[^-]|$)","i")},Q=/^[^{]+\{\s*\[native \w/,K=/^(?:#([\w-]+)|(\w+)|\.([\w-]+))$/,Z=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i,et=/^h\d$/i,tt=/'|\\/g,nt=RegExp("\\\\([\\da-f]{1,6}"+M+"?|("+M+")|.)","ig"),rt=function(e,t,n){var r="0x"+t-65536;return r!==r||n?t:0>r?String.fromCharCode(r+65536):String.fromCharCode(55296|r>>10,56320|1023&r)};try{O.apply(L=F.call(b.childNodes),b.childNodes),L[b.childNodes.length].nodeType}catch(it){O={apply:L.length?function(e,t){H.apply(e,F.call(t))}:function(e,t){var n=e.length,r=0;while(e[n++]=t[r++]);e.length=n-1}}}function ot(e,t,r,i){var o,s,a,u,l,f,g,m,x,w;if((t?t.ownerDocument||t:b)!==p&&c(t),t=t||p,r=r||[],!e||"string"!=typeof e)return r;if(1!==(u=t.nodeType)&&9!==u)return[];if(h&&!i){if(o=K.exec(e))if(a=o[1]){if(9===u){if(s=t.getElementById(a),!s||!s.parentNode)return r;if(s.id===a)return r.push(s),r}else if(t.ownerDocument&&(s=t.ownerDocument.getElementById(a))&&y(t,s)&&s.id===a)return r.push(s),r}else{if(o[2])return O.apply(r,t.getElementsByTagName(e)),r;if((a=o[3])&&n.getElementsByClassName&&t.getElementsByClassName)return O.apply(r,t.getElementsByClassName(a)),r}if(n.qsa&&(!d||!d.test(e))){if(m=g=v,x=t,w=9===u&&e,1===u&&"object"!==t.nodeName.toLowerCase()){f=gt(e),(g=t.getAttribute("id"))?m=g.replace(tt,"\\$&"):t.setAttribute("id",m),m="[id='"+m+"'] ",l=f.length;while(l--)f[l]=m+mt(f[l]);x=U.test(e)&&t.parentNode||t,w=f.join(",")}if(w)try{return O.apply(r,x.querySelectorAll(w)),r}catch(T){}finally{g||t.removeAttribute("id")}}}return kt(e.replace(z,"$1"),t,r,i)}function st(){var e=[];function t(n,r){return e.push(n+=" ")>i.cacheLength&&delete t[e.shift()],t[n]=r}return t}function at(e){return e[v]=!0,e}function ut(e){var t=p.createElement("div");try{return!!e(t)}catch(n){return!1}finally{t.parentNode&&t.parentNode.removeChild(t),t=null}}function lt(e,t){var n=e.split("|"),r=e.length;while(r--)i.attrHandle[n[r]]=t}function ct(e,t){var n=t&&e,r=n&&1===e.nodeType&&1===t.nodeType&&(~t.sourceIndex||D)-(~e.sourceIndex||D);if(r)return r;if(n)while(n=n.nextSibling)if(n===t)return-1;return e?1:-1}function pt(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===n&&t.type===e}}function ft(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return("input"===n||"button"===n)&&t.type===e}}function ht(e){return at(function(t){return t=+t,at(function(n,r){var i,o=e([],n.length,t),s=o.length;while(s--)n[i=o[s]]&&(n[i]=!(r[i]=n[i]))})})}s=ot.isXML=function(e){var t=e&&(e.ownerDocument||e).documentElement;return t?"HTML"!==t.nodeName:!1},n=ot.support={},c=ot.setDocument=function(e){var t=e?e.ownerDocument||e:b,r=t.defaultView;return t!==p&&9===t.nodeType&&t.documentElement?(p=t,f=t.documentElement,h=!s(t),r&&r.attachEvent&&r!==r.top&&r.attachEvent("onbeforeunload",function(){c()}),n.attributes=ut(function(e){return e.className="i",!e.getAttribute("className")}),n.getElementsByTagName=ut(function(e){return e.appendChild(t.createComment("")),!e.getElementsByTagName("*").length}),n.getElementsByClassName=ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="
    ",e.firstChild.className="i",2===e.getElementsByClassName("i").length}),n.getById=ut(function(e){return f.appendChild(e).id=v,!t.getElementsByName||!t.getElementsByName(v).length}),n.getById?(i.find.ID=function(e,t){if(typeof t.getElementById!==j&&h){var n=t.getElementById(e);return n&&n.parentNode?[n]:[]}},i.filter.ID=function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt);return function(e){return e.getAttribute("id")===t}}):(delete i.find.ID,i.filter.ID=function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt);return function(e){var n=typeof e.getAttributeNode!==j&&e.getAttributeNode("id");return n&&n.value===t}}),i.find.TAG=n.getElementsByTagName?function(e,t){return typeof t.getElementsByTagName!==j?t.getElementsByTagName(e):undefined}:function(e,t){var n,r=[],i=0,o=t.getElementsByTagName(e);if("*"===e){while(n=o[i++])1===n.nodeType&&r.push(n);return r}return o},i.find.CLASS=n.getElementsByClassName&&function(e,t){return typeof t.getElementsByClassName!==j&&h?t.getElementsByClassName(e):undefined},g=[],d=[],(n.qsa=Q.test(t.querySelectorAll))&&(ut(function(e){e.innerHTML="",e.querySelectorAll("[selected]").length||d.push("\\["+M+"*(?:value|"+R+")"),e.querySelectorAll(":checked").length||d.push(":checked")}),ut(function(e){var n=t.createElement("input");n.setAttribute("type","hidden"),e.appendChild(n).setAttribute("t",""),e.querySelectorAll("[t^='']").length&&d.push("[*^$]="+M+"*(?:''|\"\")"),e.querySelectorAll(":enabled").length||d.push(":enabled",":disabled"),e.querySelectorAll("*,:x"),d.push(",.*:")})),(n.matchesSelector=Q.test(m=f.webkitMatchesSelector||f.mozMatchesSelector||f.oMatchesSelector||f.msMatchesSelector))&&ut(function(e){n.disconnectedMatch=m.call(e,"div"),m.call(e,"[s!='']:x"),g.push("!=",I)}),d=d.length&&RegExp(d.join("|")),g=g.length&&RegExp(g.join("|")),y=Q.test(f.contains)||f.compareDocumentPosition?function(e,t){var n=9===e.nodeType?e.documentElement:e,r=t&&t.parentNode;return e===r||!(!r||1!==r.nodeType||!(n.contains?n.contains(r):e.compareDocumentPosition&&16&e.compareDocumentPosition(r)))}:function(e,t){if(t)while(t=t.parentNode)if(t===e)return!0;return!1},S=f.compareDocumentPosition?function(e,r){if(e===r)return E=!0,0;var i=r.compareDocumentPosition&&e.compareDocumentPosition&&e.compareDocumentPosition(r);return i?1&i||!n.sortDetached&&r.compareDocumentPosition(e)===i?e===t||y(b,e)?-1:r===t||y(b,r)?1:l?P.call(l,e)-P.call(l,r):0:4&i?-1:1:e.compareDocumentPosition?-1:1}:function(e,n){var r,i=0,o=e.parentNode,s=n.parentNode,a=[e],u=[n];if(e===n)return E=!0,0;if(!o||!s)return e===t?-1:n===t?1:o?-1:s?1:l?P.call(l,e)-P.call(l,n):0;if(o===s)return ct(e,n);r=e;while(r=r.parentNode)a.unshift(r);r=n;while(r=r.parentNode)u.unshift(r);while(a[i]===u[i])i++;return i?ct(a[i],u[i]):a[i]===b?-1:u[i]===b?1:0},t):p},ot.matches=function(e,t){return ot(e,null,null,t)},ot.matchesSelector=function(e,t){if((e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e),t=t.replace(Y,"='$1']"),!(!n.matchesSelector||!h||g&&g.test(t)||d&&d.test(t)))try{var r=m.call(e,t);if(r||n.disconnectedMatch||e.document&&11!==e.document.nodeType)return r}catch(i){}return ot(t,p,null,[e]).length>0},ot.contains=function(e,t){return(e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e),y(e,t)},ot.attr=function(e,t){(e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e);var r=i.attrHandle[t.toLowerCase()],o=r&&A.call(i.attrHandle,t.toLowerCase())?r(e,t,!h):undefined;return o===undefined?n.attributes||!h?e.getAttribute(t):(o=e.getAttributeNode(t))&&o.specified?o.value:null:o},ot.error=function(e){throw Error("Syntax error, unrecognized expression: "+e)},ot.uniqueSort=function(e){var t,r=[],i=0,o=0;if(E=!n.detectDuplicates,l=!n.sortStable&&e.slice(0),e.sort(S),E){while(t=e[o++])t===e[o]&&(i=r.push(o));while(i--)e.splice(r[i],1)}return e},o=ot.getText=function(e){var t,n="",r=0,i=e.nodeType;if(i){if(1===i||9===i||11===i){if("string"==typeof e.textContent)return e.textContent;for(e=e.firstChild;e;e=e.nextSibling)n+=o(e)}else if(3===i||4===i)return e.nodeValue}else for(;t=e[r];r++)n+=o(t);return n},i=ot.selectors={cacheLength:50,createPseudo:at,match:J,attrHandle:{},find:{},relative:{">":{dir:"parentNode",first:!0}," ":{dir:"parentNode"},"+":{dir:"previousSibling",first:!0},"~":{dir:"previousSibling"}},preFilter:{ATTR:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].replace(nt,rt),e[3]=(e[4]||e[5]||"").replace(nt,rt),"~="===e[2]&&(e[3]=" "+e[3]+" "),e.slice(0,4)},CHILD:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].toLowerCase(),"nth"===e[1].slice(0,3)?(e[3]||ot.error(e[0]),e[4]=+(e[4]?e[5]+(e[6]||1):2*("even"===e[3]||"odd"===e[3])),e[5]=+(e[7]+e[8]||"odd"===e[3])):e[3]&&ot.error(e[0]),e},PSEUDO:function(e){var t,n=!e[5]&&e[2];return J.CHILD.test(e[0])?null:(e[3]&&e[4]!==undefined?e[2]=e[4]:n&&V.test(n)&&(t=gt(n,!0))&&(t=n.indexOf(")",n.length-t)-n.length)&&(e[0]=e[0].slice(0,t),e[2]=n.slice(0,t)),e.slice(0,3))}},filter:{TAG:function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt).toLowerCase();return"*"===e?function(){return!0}:function(e){return e.nodeName&&e.nodeName.toLowerCase()===t}},CLASS:function(e){var t=C[e+" "];return t||(t=RegExp("(^|"+M+")"+e+"("+M+"|$)"))&&C(e,function(e){return t.test("string"==typeof e.className&&e.className||typeof e.getAttribute!==j&&e.getAttribute("class")||"")})},ATTR:function(e,t,n){return function(r){var i=ot.attr(r,e);return null==i?"!="===t:t?(i+="","="===t?i===n:"!="===t?i!==n:"^="===t?n&&0===i.indexOf(n):"*="===t?n&&i.indexOf(n)>-1:"$="===t?n&&i.slice(-n.length)===n:"~="===t?(" "+i+" ").indexOf(n)>-1:"|="===t?i===n||i.slice(0,n.length+1)===n+"-":!1):!0}},CHILD:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o="nth"!==e.slice(0,3),s="last"!==e.slice(-4),a="of-type"===t;return 1===r&&0===i?function(e){return!!e.parentNode}:function(t,n,u){var l,c,p,f,h,d,g=o!==s?"nextSibling":"previousSibling",m=t.parentNode,y=a&&t.nodeName.toLowerCase(),x=!u&&!a;if(m){if(o){while(g){p=t;while(p=p[g])if(a?p.nodeName.toLowerCase()===y:1===p.nodeType)return!1;d=g="only"===e&&!d&&"nextSibling"}return!0}if(d=[s?m.firstChild:m.lastChild],s&&x){c=m[v]||(m[v]={}),l=c[e]||[],h=l[0]===w&&l[1],f=l[0]===w&&l[2],p=h&&m.childNodes[h];while(p=++h&&p&&p[g]||(f=h=0)||d.pop())if(1===p.nodeType&&++f&&p===t){c[e]=[w,h,f];break}}else if(x&&(l=(t[v]||(t[v]={}))[e])&&l[0]===w)f=l[1];else while(p=++h&&p&&p[g]||(f=h=0)||d.pop())if((a?p.nodeName.toLowerCase()===y:1===p.nodeType)&&++f&&(x&&((p[v]||(p[v]={}))[e]=[w,f]),p===t))break;return f-=i,f===r||0===f%r&&f/r>=0}}},PSEUDO:function(e,t){var n,r=i.pseudos[e]||i.setFilters[e.toLowerCase()]||ot.error("unsupported pseudo: "+e);return r[v]?r(t):r.length>1?(n=[e,e,"",t],i.setFilters.hasOwnProperty(e.toLowerCase())?at(function(e,n){var i,o=r(e,t),s=o.length;while(s--)i=P.call(e,o[s]),e[i]=!(n[i]=o[s])}):function(e){return r(e,0,n)}):r}},pseudos:{not:at(function(e){var t=[],n=[],r=a(e.replace(z,"$1"));return r[v]?at(function(e,t,n,i){var o,s=r(e,null,i,[]),a=e.length;while(a--)(o=s[a])&&(e[a]=!(t[a]=o))}):function(e,i,o){return t[0]=e,r(t,null,o,n),!n.pop()}}),has:at(function(e){return function(t){return ot(e,t).length>0}}),contains:at(function(e){return function(t){return(t.textContent||t.innerText||o(t)).indexOf(e)>-1}}),lang:at(function(e){return G.test(e||"")||ot.error("unsupported lang: "+e),e=e.replace(nt,rt).toLowerCase(),function(t){var n;do if(n=h?t.lang:t.getAttribute("xml:lang")||t.getAttribute("lang"))return n=n.toLowerCase(),n===e||0===n.indexOf(e+"-");while((t=t.parentNode)&&1===t.nodeType);return!1}}),target:function(t){var n=e.location&&e.location.hash;return n&&n.slice(1)===t.id},root:function(e){return e===f},focus:function(e){return e===p.activeElement&&(!p.hasFocus||p.hasFocus())&&!!(e.type||e.href||~e.tabIndex)},enabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!1},disabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!0},checked:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===t&&!!e.checked||"option"===t&&!!e.selected},selected:function(e){return e.parentNode&&e.parentNode.selectedIndex,e.selected===!0},empty:function(e){for(e=e.firstChild;e;e=e.nextSibling)if(e.nodeName>"@"||3===e.nodeType||4===e.nodeType)return!1;return!0},parent:function(e){return!i.pseudos.empty(e)},header:function(e){return et.test(e.nodeName)},input:function(e){return Z.test(e.nodeName)},button:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===t&&"button"===e.type||"button"===t},text:function(e){var t;return"input"===e.nodeName.toLowerCase()&&"text"===e.type&&(null==(t=e.getAttribute("type"))||t.toLowerCase()===e.type)},first:ht(function(){return[0]}),last:ht(function(e,t){return[t-1]}),eq:ht(function(e,t,n){return[0>n?n+t:n]}),even:ht(function(e,t){var n=0;for(;t>n;n+=2)e.push(n);return e}),odd:ht(function(e,t){var n=1;for(;t>n;n+=2)e.push(n);return e}),lt:ht(function(e,t,n){var r=0>n?n+t:n;for(;--r>=0;)e.push(r);return e}),gt:ht(function(e,t,n){var r=0>n?n+t:n;for(;t>++r;)e.push(r);return e})}},i.pseudos.nth=i.pseudos.eq;for(t in{radio:!0,checkbox:!0,file:!0,password:!0,image:!0})i.pseudos[t]=pt(t);for(t in{submit:!0,reset:!0})i.pseudos[t]=ft(t);function dt(){}dt.prototype=i.filters=i.pseudos,i.setFilters=new dt;function gt(e,t){var n,r,o,s,a,u,l,c=k[e+" "];if(c)return t?0:c.slice(0);a=e,u=[],l=i.preFilter;while(a){(!n||(r=_.exec(a)))&&(r&&(a=a.slice(r[0].length)||a),u.push(o=[])),n=!1,(r=X.exec(a))&&(n=r.shift(),o.push({value:n,type:r[0].replace(z," ")}),a=a.slice(n.length));for(s in i.filter)!(r=J[s].exec(a))||l[s]&&!(r=l[s](r))||(n=r.shift(),o.push({value:n,type:s,matches:r}),a=a.slice(n.length));if(!n)break}return t?a.length:a?ot.error(e):k(e,u).slice(0)}function mt(e){var t=0,n=e.length,r="";for(;n>t;t++)r+=e[t].value;return r}function yt(e,t,n){var i=t.dir,o=n&&"parentNode"===i,s=T++;return t.first?function(t,n,r){while(t=t[i])if(1===t.nodeType||o)return e(t,n,r)}:function(t,n,a){var u,l,c,p=w+" "+s;if(a){while(t=t[i])if((1===t.nodeType||o)&&e(t,n,a))return!0}else while(t=t[i])if(1===t.nodeType||o)if(c=t[v]||(t[v]={}),(l=c[i])&&l[0]===p){if((u=l[1])===!0||u===r)return u===!0}else if(l=c[i]=[p],l[1]=e(t,n,a)||r,l[1]===!0)return!0}}function vt(e){return e.length>1?function(t,n,r){var i=e.length;while(i--)if(!e[i](t,n,r))return!1;return!0}:e[0]}function xt(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s=[],a=0,u=e.length,l=null!=t;for(;u>a;a++)(o=e[a])&&(!n||n(o,r,i))&&(s.push(o),l&&t.push(a));return s}function bt(e,t,n,r,i,o){return r&&!r[v]&&(r=bt(r)),i&&!i[v]&&(i=bt(i,o)),at(function(o,s,a,u){var l,c,p,f=[],h=[],d=s.length,g=o||Ct(t||"*",a.nodeType?[a]:a,[]),m=!e||!o&&t?g:xt(g,f,e,a,u),y=n?i||(o?e:d||r)?[]:s:m;if(n&&n(m,y,a,u),r){l=xt(y,h),r(l,[],a,u),c=l.length;while(c--)(p=l[c])&&(y[h[c]]=!(m[h[c]]=p))}if(o){if(i||e){if(i){l=[],c=y.length;while(c--)(p=y[c])&&l.push(m[c]=p);i(null,y=[],l,u)}c=y.length;while(c--)(p=y[c])&&(l=i?P.call(o,p):f[c])>-1&&(o[l]=!(s[l]=p))}}else y=xt(y===s?y.splice(d,y.length):y),i?i(null,s,y,u):O.apply(s,y)})}function wt(e){var t,n,r,o=e.length,s=i.relative[e[0].type],a=s||i.relative[" "],l=s?1:0,c=yt(function(e){return e===t},a,!0),p=yt(function(e){return P.call(t,e)>-1},a,!0),f=[function(e,n,r){return!s&&(r||n!==u)||((t=n).nodeType?c(e,n,r):p(e,n,r))}];for(;o>l;l++)if(n=i.relative[e[l].type])f=[yt(vt(f),n)];else{if(n=i.filter[e[l].type].apply(null,e[l].matches),n[v]){for(r=++l;o>r;r++)if(i.relative[e[r].type])break;return bt(l>1&&vt(f),l>1&&mt(e.slice(0,l-1).concat({value:" "===e[l-2].type?"*":""})).replace(z,"$1"),n,r>l&&wt(e.slice(l,r)),o>r&&wt(e=e.slice(r)),o>r&&mt(e))}f.push(n)}return vt(f)}function Tt(e,t){var n=0,o=t.length>0,s=e.length>0,a=function(a,l,c,f,h){var d,g,m,y=[],v=0,x="0",b=a&&[],T=null!=h,C=u,k=a||s&&i.find.TAG("*",h&&l.parentNode||l),N=w+=null==C?1:Math.random()||.1;for(T&&(u=l!==p&&l,r=n);null!=(d=k[x]);x++){if(s&&d){g=0;while(m=e[g++])if(m(d,l,c)){f.push(d);break}T&&(w=N,r=++n)}o&&((d=!m&&d)&&v--,a&&b.push(d))}if(v+=x,o&&x!==v){g=0;while(m=t[g++])m(b,y,l,c);if(a){if(v>0)while(x--)b[x]||y[x]||(y[x]=q.call(f));y=xt(y)}O.apply(f,y),T&&!a&&y.length>0&&v+t.length>1&&ot.uniqueSort(f)}return T&&(w=N,u=C),b};return o?at(a):a}a=ot.compile=function(e,t){var n,r=[],i=[],o=N[e+" "];if(!o){t||(t=gt(e)),n=t.length;while(n--)o=wt(t[n]),o[v]?r.push(o):i.push(o);o=N(e,Tt(i,r))}return o};function Ct(e,t,n){var r=0,i=t.length;for(;i>r;r++)ot(e,t[r],n);return n}function kt(e,t,r,o){var s,u,l,c,p,f=gt(e);if(!o&&1===f.length){if(u=f[0]=f[0].slice(0),u.length>2&&"ID"===(l=u[0]).type&&n.getById&&9===t.nodeType&&h&&i.relative[u[1].type]){if(t=(i.find.ID(l.matches[0].replace(nt,rt),t)||[])[0],!t)return r;e=e.slice(u.shift().value.length)}s=J.needsContext.test(e)?0:u.length;while(s--){if(l=u[s],i.relative[c=l.type])break;if((p=i.find[c])&&(o=p(l.matches[0].replace(nt,rt),U.test(u[0].type)&&t.parentNode||t))){if(u.splice(s,1),e=o.length&&mt(u),!e)return O.apply(r,o),r;break}}}return a(e,f)(o,t,!h,r,U.test(e)),r}n.sortStable=v.split("").sort(S).join("")===v,n.detectDuplicates=E,c(),n.sortDetached=ut(function(e){return 1&e.compareDocumentPosition(p.createElement("div"))}),ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="","#"===e.firstChild.getAttribute("href")})||lt("type|href|height|width",function(e,t,n){return n?undefined:e.getAttribute(t,"type"===t.toLowerCase()?1:2)}),n.attributes&&ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="",e.firstChild.setAttribute("value",""),""===e.firstChild.getAttribute("value")})||lt("value",function(e,t,n){return n||"input"!==e.nodeName.toLowerCase()?undefined:e.defaultValue}),ut(function(e){return null==e.getAttribute("disabled")})||lt(R,function(e,t,n){var r;return n?undefined:(r=e.getAttributeNode(t))&&r.specified?r.value:e[t]===!0?t.toLowerCase():null}),x.find=ot,x.expr=ot.selectors,x.expr[":"]=x.expr.pseudos,x.unique=ot.uniqueSort,x.text=ot.getText,x.isXMLDoc=ot.isXML,x.contains=ot.contains}(e);var D={};function A(e){var t=D[e]={};return x.each(e.match(w)||[],function(e,n){t[n]=!0}),t}x.Callbacks=function(e){e="string"==typeof e?D[e]||A(e):x.extend({},e);var t,n,r,i,o,s,a=[],u=!e.once&&[],l=function(p){for(t=e.memory&&p,n=!0,s=i||0,i=0,o=a.length,r=!0;a&&o>s;s++)if(a[s].apply(p[0],p[1])===!1&&e.stopOnFalse){t=!1;break}r=!1,a&&(u?u.length&&l(u.shift()):t?a=[]:c.disable())},c={add:function(){if(a){var n=a.length;(function s(t){x.each(t,function(t,n){var r=x.type(n);"function"===r?e.unique&&c.has(n)||a.push(n):n&&n.length&&"string"!==r&&s(n)})})(arguments),r?o=a.length:t&&(i=n,l(t))}return this},remove:function(){return a&&x.each(arguments,function(e,t){var n;while((n=x.inArray(t,a,n))>-1)a.splice(n,1),r&&(o>=n&&o--,s>=n&&s--)}),this},has:function(e){return e?x.inArray(e,a)>-1:!(!a||!a.length)},empty:function(){return a=[],o=0,this},disable:function(){return a=u=t=undefined,this},disabled:function(){return!a},lock:function(){return u=undefined,t||c.disable(),this},locked:function(){return!u},fireWith:function(e,t){return!a||n&&!u||(t=t||[],t=[e,t.slice?t.slice():t],r?u.push(t):l(t)),this},fire:function(){return c.fireWith(this,arguments),this},fired:function(){return!!n}};return c},x.extend({Deferred:function(e){var t=[["resolve","done",x.Callbacks("once memory"),"resolved"],["reject","fail",x.Callbacks("once memory"),"rejected"],["notify","progress",x.Callbacks("memory")]],n="pending",r={state:function(){return n},always:function(){return i.done(arguments).fail(arguments),this},then:function(){var e=arguments;return x.Deferred(function(n){x.each(t,function(t,o){var s=o[0],a=x.isFunction(e[t])&&e[t];i[o[1]](function(){var e=a&&a.apply(this,arguments);e&&x.isFunction(e.promise)?e.promise().done(n.resolve).fail(n.reject).progress(n.notify):n[s+"With"](this===r?n.promise():this,a?[e]:arguments)})}),e=null}).promise()},promise:function(e){return null!=e?x.extend(e,r):r}},i={};return r.pipe=r.then,x.each(t,function(e,o){var s=o[2],a=o[3];r[o[1]]=s.add,a&&s.add(function(){n=a},t[1^e][2].disable,t[2][2].lock),i[o[0]]=function(){return i[o[0]+"With"](this===i?r:this,arguments),this},i[o[0]+"With"]=s.fireWith}),r.promise(i),e&&e.call(i,i),i},when:function(e){var t=0,n=d.call(arguments),r=n.length,i=1!==r||e&&x.isFunction(e.promise)?r:0,o=1===i?e:x.Deferred(),s=function(e,t,n){return function(r){t[e]=this,n[e]=arguments.length>1?d.call(arguments):r,n===a?o.notifyWith(t,n):--i||o.resolveWith(t,n)}},a,u,l;if(r>1)for(a=Array(r),u=Array(r),l=Array(r);r>t;t++)n[t]&&x.isFunction(n[t].promise)?n[t].promise().done(s(t,l,n)).fail(o.reject).progress(s(t,u,a)):--i;return i||o.resolveWith(l,n),o.promise()}}),x.support=function(t){var n=o.createElement("input"),r=o.createDocumentFragment(),i=o.createElement("div"),s=o.createElement("select"),a=s.appendChild(o.createElement("option"));return n.type?(n.type="checkbox",t.checkOn=""!==n.value,t.optSelected=a.selected,t.reliableMarginRight=!0,t.boxSizingReliable=!0,t.pixelPosition=!1,n.checked=!0,t.noCloneChecked=n.cloneNode(!0).checked,s.disabled=!0,t.optDisabled=!a.disabled,n=o.createElement("input"),n.value="t",n.type="radio",t.radioValue="t"===n.value,n.setAttribute("checked","t"),n.setAttribute("name","t"),r.appendChild(n),t.checkClone=r.cloneNode(!0).cloneNode(!0).lastChild.checked,t.focusinBubbles="onfocusin"in e,i.style.backgroundClip="content-box",i.cloneNode(!0).style.backgroundClip="",t.clearCloneStyle="content-box"===i.style.backgroundClip,x(function(){var n,r,s="padding:0;margin:0;border:0;display:block;-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box",a=o.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];a&&(n=o.createElement("div"),n.style.cssText="border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px;margin-top:1px",a.appendChild(n).appendChild(i),i.innerHTML="",i.style.cssText="-webkit-box-sizing:border-box;-moz-box-sizing:border-box;box-sizing:border-box;padding:1px;border:1px;display:block;width:4px;margin-top:1%;position:absolute;top:1%",x.swap(a,null!=a.style.zoom?{zoom:1}:{},function(){t.boxSizing=4===i.offsetWidth}),e.getComputedStyle&&(t.pixelPosition="1%"!==(e.getComputedStyle(i,null)||{}).top,t.boxSizingReliable="4px"===(e.getComputedStyle(i,null)||{width:"4px"}).width,r=i.appendChild(o.createElement("div")),r.style.cssText=i.style.cssText=s,r.style.marginRight=r.style.width="0",i.style.width="1px",t.reliableMarginRight=!parseFloat((e.getComputedStyle(r,null)||{}).marginRight)),a.removeChild(n))}),t):t}({});var L,q,H=/(?:\{[\s\S]*\}|\[[\s\S]*\])$/,O=/([A-Z])/g;function F(){Object.defineProperty(this.cache={},0,{get:function(){return{}}}),this.expando=x.expando+Math.random()}F.uid=1,F.accepts=function(e){return e.nodeType?1===e.nodeType||9===e.nodeType:!0},F.prototype={key:function(e){if(!F.accepts(e))return 0;var t={},n=e[this.expando];if(!n){n=F.uid++;try{t[this.expando]={value:n},Object.defineProperties(e,t)}catch(r){t[this.expando]=n,x.extend(e,t)}}return this.cache[n]||(this.cache[n]={}),n},set:function(e,t,n){var r,i=this.key(e),o=this.cache[i];if("string"==typeof t)o[t]=n;else if(x.isEmptyObject(o))x.extend(this.cache[i],t);else for(r in t)o[r]=t[r];return o},get:function(e,t){var n=this.cache[this.key(e)];return t===undefined?n:n[t]},access:function(e,t,n){var r;return t===undefined||t&&"string"==typeof t&&n===undefined?(r=this.get(e,t),r!==undefined?r:this.get(e,x.camelCase(t))):(this.set(e,t,n),n!==undefined?n:t)},remove:function(e,t){var n,r,i,o=this.key(e),s=this.cache[o];if(t===undefined)this.cache[o]={};else{x.isArray(t)?r=t.concat(t.map(x.camelCase)):(i=x.camelCase(t),t in s?r=[t,i]:(r=i,r=r in s?[r]:r.match(w)||[])),n=r.length;while(n--)delete s[r[n]]}},hasData:function(e){return!x.isEmptyObject(this.cache[e[this.expando]]||{})},discard:function(e){e[this.expando]&&delete this.cache[e[this.expando]]}},L=new F,q=new F,x.extend({acceptData:F.accepts,hasData:function(e){return L.hasData(e)||q.hasData(e)},data:function(e,t,n){return L.access(e,t,n)},removeData:function(e,t){L.remove(e,t)},_data:function(e,t,n){return q.access(e,t,n)},_removeData:function(e,t){q.remove(e,t)}}),x.fn.extend({data:function(e,t){var n,r,i=this[0],o=0,s=null;if(e===undefined){if(this.length&&(s=L.get(i),1===i.nodeType&&!q.get(i,"hasDataAttrs"))){for(n=i.attributes;n.length>o;o++)r=n[o].name,0===r.indexOf("data-")&&(r=x.camelCase(r.slice(5)),P(i,r,s[r]));q.set(i,"hasDataAttrs",!0)}return s}return"object"==typeof e?this.each(function(){L.set(this,e)}):x.access(this,function(t){var n,r=x.camelCase(e);if(i&&t===undefined){if(n=L.get(i,e),n!==undefined)return n;if(n=L.get(i,r),n!==undefined)return n;if(n=P(i,r,undefined),n!==undefined)return n}else this.each(function(){var n=L.get(this,r);L.set(this,r,t),-1!==e.indexOf("-")&&n!==undefined&&L.set(this,e,t)})},null,t,arguments.length>1,null,!0)},removeData:function(e){return this.each(function(){L.remove(this,e)})}});function P(e,t,n){var r;if(n===undefined&&1===e.nodeType)if(r="data-"+t.replace(O,"-$1").toLowerCase(),n=e.getAttribute(r),"string"==typeof n){try{n="true"===n?!0:"false"===n?!1:"null"===n?null:+n+""===n?+n:H.test(n)?JSON.parse(n):n}catch(i){}L.set(e,t,n)}else n=undefined;return n}x.extend({queue:function(e,t,n){var r;return e?(t=(t||"fx")+"queue",r=q.get(e,t),n&&(!r||x.isArray(n)?r=q.access(e,t,x.makeArray(n)):r.push(n)),r||[]):undefined},dequeue:function(e,t){t=t||"fx";var n=x.queue(e,t),r=n.length,i=n.shift(),o=x._queueHooks(e,t),s=function(){x.dequeue(e,t) +};"inprogress"===i&&(i=n.shift(),r--),i&&("fx"===t&&n.unshift("inprogress"),delete o.stop,i.call(e,s,o)),!r&&o&&o.empty.fire()},_queueHooks:function(e,t){var n=t+"queueHooks";return q.get(e,n)||q.access(e,n,{empty:x.Callbacks("once memory").add(function(){q.remove(e,[t+"queue",n])})})}}),x.fn.extend({queue:function(e,t){var n=2;return"string"!=typeof e&&(t=e,e="fx",n--),n>arguments.length?x.queue(this[0],e):t===undefined?this:this.each(function(){var n=x.queue(this,e,t);x._queueHooks(this,e),"fx"===e&&"inprogress"!==n[0]&&x.dequeue(this,e)})},dequeue:function(e){return this.each(function(){x.dequeue(this,e)})},delay:function(e,t){return e=x.fx?x.fx.speeds[e]||e:e,t=t||"fx",this.queue(t,function(t,n){var r=setTimeout(t,e);n.stop=function(){clearTimeout(r)}})},clearQueue:function(e){return this.queue(e||"fx",[])},promise:function(e,t){var n,r=1,i=x.Deferred(),o=this,s=this.length,a=function(){--r||i.resolveWith(o,[o])};"string"!=typeof e&&(t=e,e=undefined),e=e||"fx";while(s--)n=q.get(o[s],e+"queueHooks"),n&&n.empty&&(r++,n.empty.add(a));return a(),i.promise(t)}});var R,M,W=/[\t\r\n\f]/g,$=/\r/g,B=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i;x.fn.extend({attr:function(e,t){return x.access(this,x.attr,e,t,arguments.length>1)},removeAttr:function(e){return this.each(function(){x.removeAttr(this,e)})},prop:function(e,t){return x.access(this,x.prop,e,t,arguments.length>1)},removeProp:function(e){return this.each(function(){delete this[x.propFix[e]||e]})},addClass:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s=0,a=this.length,u="string"==typeof e&&e;if(x.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){x(this).addClass(e.call(this,t,this.className))});if(u)for(t=(e||"").match(w)||[];a>s;s++)if(n=this[s],r=1===n.nodeType&&(n.className?(" "+n.className+" ").replace(W," "):" ")){o=0;while(i=t[o++])0>r.indexOf(" "+i+" ")&&(r+=i+" ");n.className=x.trim(r)}return this},removeClass:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s=0,a=this.length,u=0===arguments.length||"string"==typeof e&&e;if(x.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){x(this).removeClass(e.call(this,t,this.className))});if(u)for(t=(e||"").match(w)||[];a>s;s++)if(n=this[s],r=1===n.nodeType&&(n.className?(" "+n.className+" ").replace(W," "):"")){o=0;while(i=t[o++])while(r.indexOf(" "+i+" ")>=0)r=r.replace(" "+i+" "," ");n.className=e?x.trim(r):""}return this},toggleClass:function(e,t){var n=typeof e;return"boolean"==typeof t&&"string"===n?t?this.addClass(e):this.removeClass(e):x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(n){x(this).toggleClass(e.call(this,n,this.className,t),t)}):this.each(function(){if("string"===n){var t,i=0,o=x(this),s=e.match(w)||[];while(t=s[i++])o.hasClass(t)?o.removeClass(t):o.addClass(t)}else(n===r||"boolean"===n)&&(this.className&&q.set(this,"__className__",this.className),this.className=this.className||e===!1?"":q.get(this,"__className__")||"")})},hasClass:function(e){var t=" "+e+" ",n=0,r=this.length;for(;r>n;n++)if(1===this[n].nodeType&&(" "+this[n].className+" ").replace(W," ").indexOf(t)>=0)return!0;return!1},val:function(e){var t,n,r,i=this[0];{if(arguments.length)return r=x.isFunction(e),this.each(function(n){var i;1===this.nodeType&&(i=r?e.call(this,n,x(this).val()):e,null==i?i="":"number"==typeof i?i+="":x.isArray(i)&&(i=x.map(i,function(e){return null==e?"":e+""})),t=x.valHooks[this.type]||x.valHooks[this.nodeName.toLowerCase()],t&&"set"in t&&t.set(this,i,"value")!==undefined||(this.value=i))});if(i)return t=x.valHooks[i.type]||x.valHooks[i.nodeName.toLowerCase()],t&&"get"in t&&(n=t.get(i,"value"))!==undefined?n:(n=i.value,"string"==typeof n?n.replace($,""):null==n?"":n)}}}),x.extend({valHooks:{option:{get:function(e){var t=e.attributes.value;return!t||t.specified?e.value:e.text}},select:{get:function(e){var t,n,r=e.options,i=e.selectedIndex,o="select-one"===e.type||0>i,s=o?null:[],a=o?i+1:r.length,u=0>i?a:o?i:0;for(;a>u;u++)if(n=r[u],!(!n.selected&&u!==i||(x.support.optDisabled?n.disabled:null!==n.getAttribute("disabled"))||n.parentNode.disabled&&x.nodeName(n.parentNode,"optgroup"))){if(t=x(n).val(),o)return t;s.push(t)}return s},set:function(e,t){var n,r,i=e.options,o=x.makeArray(t),s=i.length;while(s--)r=i[s],(r.selected=x.inArray(x(r).val(),o)>=0)&&(n=!0);return n||(e.selectedIndex=-1),o}}},attr:function(e,t,n){var i,o,s=e.nodeType;if(e&&3!==s&&8!==s&&2!==s)return typeof e.getAttribute===r?x.prop(e,t,n):(1===s&&x.isXMLDoc(e)||(t=t.toLowerCase(),i=x.attrHooks[t]||(x.expr.match.bool.test(t)?M:R)),n===undefined?i&&"get"in i&&null!==(o=i.get(e,t))?o:(o=x.find.attr(e,t),null==o?undefined:o):null!==n?i&&"set"in i&&(o=i.set(e,n,t))!==undefined?o:(e.setAttribute(t,n+""),n):(x.removeAttr(e,t),undefined))},removeAttr:function(e,t){var n,r,i=0,o=t&&t.match(w);if(o&&1===e.nodeType)while(n=o[i++])r=x.propFix[n]||n,x.expr.match.bool.test(n)&&(e[r]=!1),e.removeAttribute(n)},attrHooks:{type:{set:function(e,t){if(!x.support.radioValue&&"radio"===t&&x.nodeName(e,"input")){var n=e.value;return e.setAttribute("type",t),n&&(e.value=n),t}}}},propFix:{"for":"htmlFor","class":"className"},prop:function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s=e.nodeType;if(e&&3!==s&&8!==s&&2!==s)return o=1!==s||!x.isXMLDoc(e),o&&(t=x.propFix[t]||t,i=x.propHooks[t]),n!==undefined?i&&"set"in i&&(r=i.set(e,n,t))!==undefined?r:e[t]=n:i&&"get"in i&&null!==(r=i.get(e,t))?r:e[t]},propHooks:{tabIndex:{get:function(e){return e.hasAttribute("tabindex")||B.test(e.nodeName)||e.href?e.tabIndex:-1}}}}),M={set:function(e,t,n){return t===!1?x.removeAttr(e,n):e.setAttribute(n,n),n}},x.each(x.expr.match.bool.source.match(/\w+/g),function(e,t){var n=x.expr.attrHandle[t]||x.find.attr;x.expr.attrHandle[t]=function(e,t,r){var i=x.expr.attrHandle[t],o=r?undefined:(x.expr.attrHandle[t]=undefined)!=n(e,t,r)?t.toLowerCase():null;return x.expr.attrHandle[t]=i,o}}),x.support.optSelected||(x.propHooks.selected={get:function(e){var t=e.parentNode;return t&&t.parentNode&&t.parentNode.selectedIndex,null}}),x.each(["tabIndex","readOnly","maxLength","cellSpacing","cellPadding","rowSpan","colSpan","useMap","frameBorder","contentEditable"],function(){x.propFix[this.toLowerCase()]=this}),x.each(["radio","checkbox"],function(){x.valHooks[this]={set:function(e,t){return x.isArray(t)?e.checked=x.inArray(x(e).val(),t)>=0:undefined}},x.support.checkOn||(x.valHooks[this].get=function(e){return null===e.getAttribute("value")?"on":e.value})});var I=/^key/,z=/^(?:mouse|contextmenu)|click/,_=/^(?:focusinfocus|focusoutblur)$/,X=/^([^.]*)(?:\.(.+)|)$/;function U(){return!0}function Y(){return!1}function V(){try{return o.activeElement}catch(e){}}x.event={global:{},add:function(e,t,n,i,o){var s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m,y=q.get(e);if(y){n.handler&&(s=n,n=s.handler,o=s.selector),n.guid||(n.guid=x.guid++),(l=y.events)||(l=y.events={}),(a=y.handle)||(a=y.handle=function(e){return typeof x===r||e&&x.event.triggered===e.type?undefined:x.event.dispatch.apply(a.elem,arguments)},a.elem=e),t=(t||"").match(w)||[""],c=t.length;while(c--)u=X.exec(t[c])||[],d=m=u[1],g=(u[2]||"").split(".").sort(),d&&(f=x.event.special[d]||{},d=(o?f.delegateType:f.bindType)||d,f=x.event.special[d]||{},p=x.extend({type:d,origType:m,data:i,handler:n,guid:n.guid,selector:o,needsContext:o&&x.expr.match.needsContext.test(o),namespace:g.join(".")},s),(h=l[d])||(h=l[d]=[],h.delegateCount=0,f.setup&&f.setup.call(e,i,g,a)!==!1||e.addEventListener&&e.addEventListener(d,a,!1)),f.add&&(f.add.call(e,p),p.handler.guid||(p.handler.guid=n.guid)),o?h.splice(h.delegateCount++,0,p):h.push(p),x.event.global[d]=!0);e=null}},remove:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m=q.hasData(e)&&q.get(e);if(m&&(u=m.events)){t=(t||"").match(w)||[""],l=t.length;while(l--)if(a=X.exec(t[l])||[],h=g=a[1],d=(a[2]||"").split(".").sort(),h){p=x.event.special[h]||{},h=(r?p.delegateType:p.bindType)||h,f=u[h]||[],a=a[2]&&RegExp("(^|\\.)"+d.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"),s=o=f.length;while(o--)c=f[o],!i&&g!==c.origType||n&&n.guid!==c.guid||a&&!a.test(c.namespace)||r&&r!==c.selector&&("**"!==r||!c.selector)||(f.splice(o,1),c.selector&&f.delegateCount--,p.remove&&p.remove.call(e,c));s&&!f.length&&(p.teardown&&p.teardown.call(e,d,m.handle)!==!1||x.removeEvent(e,h,m.handle),delete u[h])}else for(h in u)x.event.remove(e,h+t[l],n,r,!0);x.isEmptyObject(u)&&(delete m.handle,q.remove(e,"events"))}},trigger:function(t,n,r,i){var s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h=[r||o],d=y.call(t,"type")?t.type:t,g=y.call(t,"namespace")?t.namespace.split("."):[];if(a=u=r=r||o,3!==r.nodeType&&8!==r.nodeType&&!_.test(d+x.event.triggered)&&(d.indexOf(".")>=0&&(g=d.split("."),d=g.shift(),g.sort()),c=0>d.indexOf(":")&&"on"+d,t=t[x.expando]?t:new x.Event(d,"object"==typeof t&&t),t.isTrigger=i?2:3,t.namespace=g.join("."),t.namespace_re=t.namespace?RegExp("(^|\\.)"+g.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"):null,t.result=undefined,t.target||(t.target=r),n=null==n?[t]:x.makeArray(n,[t]),f=x.event.special[d]||{},i||!f.trigger||f.trigger.apply(r,n)!==!1)){if(!i&&!f.noBubble&&!x.isWindow(r)){for(l=f.delegateType||d,_.test(l+d)||(a=a.parentNode);a;a=a.parentNode)h.push(a),u=a;u===(r.ownerDocument||o)&&h.push(u.defaultView||u.parentWindow||e)}s=0;while((a=h[s++])&&!t.isPropagationStopped())t.type=s>1?l:f.bindType||d,p=(q.get(a,"events")||{})[t.type]&&q.get(a,"handle"),p&&p.apply(a,n),p=c&&a[c],p&&x.acceptData(a)&&p.apply&&p.apply(a,n)===!1&&t.preventDefault();return t.type=d,i||t.isDefaultPrevented()||f._default&&f._default.apply(h.pop(),n)!==!1||!x.acceptData(r)||c&&x.isFunction(r[d])&&!x.isWindow(r)&&(u=r[c],u&&(r[c]=null),x.event.triggered=d,r[d](),x.event.triggered=undefined,u&&(r[c]=u)),t.result}},dispatch:function(e){e=x.event.fix(e);var t,n,r,i,o,s=[],a=d.call(arguments),u=(q.get(this,"events")||{})[e.type]||[],l=x.event.special[e.type]||{};if(a[0]=e,e.delegateTarget=this,!l.preDispatch||l.preDispatch.call(this,e)!==!1){s=x.event.handlers.call(this,e,u),t=0;while((i=s[t++])&&!e.isPropagationStopped()){e.currentTarget=i.elem,n=0;while((o=i.handlers[n++])&&!e.isImmediatePropagationStopped())(!e.namespace_re||e.namespace_re.test(o.namespace))&&(e.handleObj=o,e.data=o.data,r=((x.event.special[o.origType]||{}).handle||o.handler).apply(i.elem,a),r!==undefined&&(e.result=r)===!1&&(e.preventDefault(),e.stopPropagation()))}return l.postDispatch&&l.postDispatch.call(this,e),e.result}},handlers:function(e,t){var n,r,i,o,s=[],a=t.delegateCount,u=e.target;if(a&&u.nodeType&&(!e.button||"click"!==e.type))for(;u!==this;u=u.parentNode||this)if(u.disabled!==!0||"click"!==e.type){for(r=[],n=0;a>n;n++)o=t[n],i=o.selector+" ",r[i]===undefined&&(r[i]=o.needsContext?x(i,this).index(u)>=0:x.find(i,this,null,[u]).length),r[i]&&r.push(o);r.length&&s.push({elem:u,handlers:r})}return t.length>a&&s.push({elem:this,handlers:t.slice(a)}),s},props:"altKey bubbles cancelable ctrlKey currentTarget eventPhase metaKey relatedTarget shiftKey target timeStamp view which".split(" "),fixHooks:{},keyHooks:{props:"char charCode key keyCode".split(" "),filter:function(e,t){return null==e.which&&(e.which=null!=t.charCode?t.charCode:t.keyCode),e}},mouseHooks:{props:"button buttons clientX clientY offsetX offsetY pageX pageY screenX screenY toElement".split(" "),filter:function(e,t){var n,r,i,s=t.button;return null==e.pageX&&null!=t.clientX&&(n=e.target.ownerDocument||o,r=n.documentElement,i=n.body,e.pageX=t.clientX+(r&&r.scrollLeft||i&&i.scrollLeft||0)-(r&&r.clientLeft||i&&i.clientLeft||0),e.pageY=t.clientY+(r&&r.scrollTop||i&&i.scrollTop||0)-(r&&r.clientTop||i&&i.clientTop||0)),e.which||s===undefined||(e.which=1&s?1:2&s?3:4&s?2:0),e}},fix:function(e){if(e[x.expando])return e;var t,n,r,i=e.type,s=e,a=this.fixHooks[i];a||(this.fixHooks[i]=a=z.test(i)?this.mouseHooks:I.test(i)?this.keyHooks:{}),r=a.props?this.props.concat(a.props):this.props,e=new x.Event(s),t=r.length;while(t--)n=r[t],e[n]=s[n];return e.target||(e.target=o),3===e.target.nodeType&&(e.target=e.target.parentNode),a.filter?a.filter(e,s):e},special:{load:{noBubble:!0},focus:{trigger:function(){return this!==V()&&this.focus?(this.focus(),!1):undefined},delegateType:"focusin"},blur:{trigger:function(){return this===V()&&this.blur?(this.blur(),!1):undefined},delegateType:"focusout"},click:{trigger:function(){return"checkbox"===this.type&&this.click&&x.nodeName(this,"input")?(this.click(),!1):undefined},_default:function(e){return x.nodeName(e.target,"a")}},beforeunload:{postDispatch:function(e){e.result!==undefined&&(e.originalEvent.returnValue=e.result)}}},simulate:function(e,t,n,r){var i=x.extend(new x.Event,n,{type:e,isSimulated:!0,originalEvent:{}});r?x.event.trigger(i,null,t):x.event.dispatch.call(t,i),i.isDefaultPrevented()&&n.preventDefault()}},x.removeEvent=function(e,t,n){e.removeEventListener&&e.removeEventListener(t,n,!1)},x.Event=function(e,t){return this instanceof x.Event?(e&&e.type?(this.originalEvent=e,this.type=e.type,this.isDefaultPrevented=e.defaultPrevented||e.getPreventDefault&&e.getPreventDefault()?U:Y):this.type=e,t&&x.extend(this,t),this.timeStamp=e&&e.timeStamp||x.now(),this[x.expando]=!0,undefined):new x.Event(e,t)},x.Event.prototype={isDefaultPrevented:Y,isPropagationStopped:Y,isImmediatePropagationStopped:Y,preventDefault:function(){var e=this.originalEvent;this.isDefaultPrevented=U,e&&e.preventDefault&&e.preventDefault()},stopPropagation:function(){var e=this.originalEvent;this.isPropagationStopped=U,e&&e.stopPropagation&&e.stopPropagation()},stopImmediatePropagation:function(){this.isImmediatePropagationStopped=U,this.stopPropagation()}},x.each({mouseenter:"mouseover",mouseleave:"mouseout"},function(e,t){x.event.special[e]={delegateType:t,bindType:t,handle:function(e){var n,r=this,i=e.relatedTarget,o=e.handleObj;return(!i||i!==r&&!x.contains(r,i))&&(e.type=o.origType,n=o.handler.apply(this,arguments),e.type=t),n}}}),x.support.focusinBubbles||x.each({focus:"focusin",blur:"focusout"},function(e,t){var n=0,r=function(e){x.event.simulate(t,e.target,x.event.fix(e),!0)};x.event.special[t]={setup:function(){0===n++&&o.addEventListener(e,r,!0)},teardown:function(){0===--n&&o.removeEventListener(e,r,!0)}}}),x.fn.extend({on:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s;if("object"==typeof e){"string"!=typeof t&&(n=n||t,t=undefined);for(s in e)this.on(s,t,n,e[s],i);return this}if(null==n&&null==r?(r=t,n=t=undefined):null==r&&("string"==typeof t?(r=n,n=undefined):(r=n,n=t,t=undefined)),r===!1)r=Y;else if(!r)return this;return 1===i&&(o=r,r=function(e){return x().off(e),o.apply(this,arguments)},r.guid=o.guid||(o.guid=x.guid++)),this.each(function(){x.event.add(this,e,r,n,t)})},one:function(e,t,n,r){return this.on(e,t,n,r,1)},off:function(e,t,n){var r,i;if(e&&e.preventDefault&&e.handleObj)return r=e.handleObj,x(e.delegateTarget).off(r.namespace?r.origType+"."+r.namespace:r.origType,r.selector,r.handler),this;if("object"==typeof e){for(i in e)this.off(i,t,e[i]);return this}return(t===!1||"function"==typeof t)&&(n=t,t=undefined),n===!1&&(n=Y),this.each(function(){x.event.remove(this,e,n,t)})},trigger:function(e,t){return this.each(function(){x.event.trigger(e,t,this)})},triggerHandler:function(e,t){var n=this[0];return n?x.event.trigger(e,t,n,!0):undefined}});var G=/^.[^:#\[\.,]*$/,J=/^(?:parents|prev(?:Until|All))/,Q=x.expr.match.needsContext,K={children:!0,contents:!0,next:!0,prev:!0};x.fn.extend({find:function(e){var t,n=[],r=this,i=r.length;if("string"!=typeof e)return this.pushStack(x(e).filter(function(){for(t=0;i>t;t++)if(x.contains(r[t],this))return!0}));for(t=0;i>t;t++)x.find(e,r[t],n);return n=this.pushStack(i>1?x.unique(n):n),n.selector=this.selector?this.selector+" "+e:e,n},has:function(e){var t=x(e,this),n=t.length;return this.filter(function(){var e=0;for(;n>e;e++)if(x.contains(this,t[e]))return!0})},not:function(e){return this.pushStack(et(this,e||[],!0))},filter:function(e){return this.pushStack(et(this,e||[],!1))},is:function(e){return!!et(this,"string"==typeof e&&Q.test(e)?x(e):e||[],!1).length},closest:function(e,t){var n,r=0,i=this.length,o=[],s=Q.test(e)||"string"!=typeof e?x(e,t||this.context):0;for(;i>r;r++)for(n=this[r];n&&n!==t;n=n.parentNode)if(11>n.nodeType&&(s?s.index(n)>-1:1===n.nodeType&&x.find.matchesSelector(n,e))){n=o.push(n);break}return this.pushStack(o.length>1?x.unique(o):o)},index:function(e){return e?"string"==typeof e?g.call(x(e),this[0]):g.call(this,e.jquery?e[0]:e):this[0]&&this[0].parentNode?this.first().prevAll().length:-1},add:function(e,t){var n="string"==typeof e?x(e,t):x.makeArray(e&&e.nodeType?[e]:e),r=x.merge(this.get(),n);return this.pushStack(x.unique(r))},addBack:function(e){return this.add(null==e?this.prevObject:this.prevObject.filter(e))}});function Z(e,t){while((e=e[t])&&1!==e.nodeType);return e}x.each({parent:function(e){var t=e.parentNode;return t&&11!==t.nodeType?t:null},parents:function(e){return x.dir(e,"parentNode")},parentsUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"parentNode",n)},next:function(e){return Z(e,"nextSibling")},prev:function(e){return Z(e,"previousSibling")},nextAll:function(e){return x.dir(e,"nextSibling")},prevAll:function(e){return x.dir(e,"previousSibling")},nextUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"nextSibling",n)},prevUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"previousSibling",n)},siblings:function(e){return x.sibling((e.parentNode||{}).firstChild,e)},children:function(e){return x.sibling(e.firstChild)},contents:function(e){return e.contentDocument||x.merge([],e.childNodes)}},function(e,t){x.fn[e]=function(n,r){var i=x.map(this,t,n);return"Until"!==e.slice(-5)&&(r=n),r&&"string"==typeof r&&(i=x.filter(r,i)),this.length>1&&(K[e]||x.unique(i),J.test(e)&&i.reverse()),this.pushStack(i)}}),x.extend({filter:function(e,t,n){var r=t[0];return n&&(e=":not("+e+")"),1===t.length&&1===r.nodeType?x.find.matchesSelector(r,e)?[r]:[]:x.find.matches(e,x.grep(t,function(e){return 1===e.nodeType}))},dir:function(e,t,n){var r=[],i=n!==undefined;while((e=e[t])&&9!==e.nodeType)if(1===e.nodeType){if(i&&x(e).is(n))break;r.push(e)}return r},sibling:function(e,t){var n=[];for(;e;e=e.nextSibling)1===e.nodeType&&e!==t&&n.push(e);return n}});function et(e,t,n){if(x.isFunction(t))return x.grep(e,function(e,r){return!!t.call(e,r,e)!==n});if(t.nodeType)return x.grep(e,function(e){return e===t!==n});if("string"==typeof t){if(G.test(t))return x.filter(t,e,n);t=x.filter(t,e)}return x.grep(e,function(e){return g.call(t,e)>=0!==n})}var tt=/<(?!area|br|col|embed|hr|img|input|link|meta|param)(([\w:]+)[^>]*)\/>/gi,nt=/<([\w:]+)/,rt=/<|&#?\w+;/,it=/<(?:script|style|link)/i,ot=/^(?:checkbox|radio)$/i,st=/checked\s*(?:[^=]|=\s*.checked.)/i,at=/^$|\/(?:java|ecma)script/i,ut=/^true\/(.*)/,lt=/^\s*\s*$/g,ct={option:[1,""],thead:[1,"","
    "],col:[2,"","
    "],tr:[2,"","
    "],td:[3,"","
    "],_default:[0,"",""]};ct.optgroup=ct.option,ct.tbody=ct.tfoot=ct.colgroup=ct.caption=ct.thead,ct.th=ct.td,x.fn.extend({text:function(e){return x.access(this,function(e){return e===undefined?x.text(this):this.empty().append((this[0]&&this[0].ownerDocument||o).createTextNode(e))},null,e,arguments.length)},append:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var t=pt(this,e);t.appendChild(e)}})},prepend:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var t=pt(this,e);t.insertBefore(e,t.firstChild)}})},before:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this)})},after:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this.nextSibling)})},remove:function(e,t){var n,r=e?x.filter(e,this):this,i=0;for(;null!=(n=r[i]);i++)t||1!==n.nodeType||x.cleanData(mt(n)),n.parentNode&&(t&&x.contains(n.ownerDocument,n)&&dt(mt(n,"script")),n.parentNode.removeChild(n));return this},empty:function(){var e,t=0;for(;null!=(e=this[t]);t++)1===e.nodeType&&(x.cleanData(mt(e,!1)),e.textContent="");return this},clone:function(e,t){return e=null==e?!1:e,t=null==t?e:t,this.map(function(){return x.clone(this,e,t)})},html:function(e){return x.access(this,function(e){var t=this[0]||{},n=0,r=this.length;if(e===undefined&&1===t.nodeType)return t.innerHTML;if("string"==typeof e&&!it.test(e)&&!ct[(nt.exec(e)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase()]){e=e.replace(tt,"<$1>");try{for(;r>n;n++)t=this[n]||{},1===t.nodeType&&(x.cleanData(mt(t,!1)),t.innerHTML=e);t=0}catch(i){}}t&&this.empty().append(e)},null,e,arguments.length)},replaceWith:function(){var e=x.map(this,function(e){return[e.nextSibling,e.parentNode]}),t=0;return this.domManip(arguments,function(n){var r=e[t++],i=e[t++];i&&(r&&r.parentNode!==i&&(r=this.nextSibling),x(this).remove(),i.insertBefore(n,r))},!0),t?this:this.remove()},detach:function(e){return this.remove(e,!0)},domManip:function(e,t,n){e=f.apply([],e);var r,i,o,s,a,u,l=0,c=this.length,p=this,h=c-1,d=e[0],g=x.isFunction(d);if(g||!(1>=c||"string"!=typeof d||x.support.checkClone)&&st.test(d))return this.each(function(r){var i=p.eq(r);g&&(e[0]=d.call(this,r,i.html())),i.domManip(e,t,n)});if(c&&(r=x.buildFragment(e,this[0].ownerDocument,!1,!n&&this),i=r.firstChild,1===r.childNodes.length&&(r=i),i)){for(o=x.map(mt(r,"script"),ft),s=o.length;c>l;l++)a=r,l!==h&&(a=x.clone(a,!0,!0),s&&x.merge(o,mt(a,"script"))),t.call(this[l],a,l);if(s)for(u=o[o.length-1].ownerDocument,x.map(o,ht),l=0;s>l;l++)a=o[l],at.test(a.type||"")&&!q.access(a,"globalEval")&&x.contains(u,a)&&(a.src?x._evalUrl(a.src):x.globalEval(a.textContent.replace(lt,"")))}return this}}),x.each({appendTo:"append",prependTo:"prepend",insertBefore:"before",insertAfter:"after",replaceAll:"replaceWith"},function(e,t){x.fn[e]=function(e){var n,r=[],i=x(e),o=i.length-1,s=0;for(;o>=s;s++)n=s===o?this:this.clone(!0),x(i[s])[t](n),h.apply(r,n.get());return this.pushStack(r)}}),x.extend({clone:function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s,a=e.cloneNode(!0),u=x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e);if(!(x.support.noCloneChecked||1!==e.nodeType&&11!==e.nodeType||x.isXMLDoc(e)))for(s=mt(a),o=mt(e),r=0,i=o.length;i>r;r++)yt(o[r],s[r]);if(t)if(n)for(o=o||mt(e),s=s||mt(a),r=0,i=o.length;i>r;r++)gt(o[r],s[r]);else gt(e,a);return s=mt(a,"script"),s.length>0&&dt(s,!u&&mt(e,"script")),a},buildFragment:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s,a,u,l,c=0,p=e.length,f=t.createDocumentFragment(),h=[];for(;p>c;c++)if(i=e[c],i||0===i)if("object"===x.type(i))x.merge(h,i.nodeType?[i]:i);else if(rt.test(i)){o=o||f.appendChild(t.createElement("div")),s=(nt.exec(i)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase(),a=ct[s]||ct._default,o.innerHTML=a[1]+i.replace(tt,"<$1>")+a[2],l=a[0];while(l--)o=o.lastChild;x.merge(h,o.childNodes),o=f.firstChild,o.textContent=""}else h.push(t.createTextNode(i));f.textContent="",c=0;while(i=h[c++])if((!r||-1===x.inArray(i,r))&&(u=x.contains(i.ownerDocument,i),o=mt(f.appendChild(i),"script"),u&&dt(o),n)){l=0;while(i=o[l++])at.test(i.type||"")&&n.push(i)}return f},cleanData:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s,a=x.event.special,u=0;for(;(n=e[u])!==undefined;u++){if(F.accepts(n)&&(o=n[q.expando],o&&(t=q.cache[o]))){if(r=Object.keys(t.events||{}),r.length)for(s=0;(i=r[s])!==undefined;s++)a[i]?x.event.remove(n,i):x.removeEvent(n,i,t.handle);q.cache[o]&&delete q.cache[o]}delete L.cache[n[L.expando]]}},_evalUrl:function(e){return x.ajax({url:e,type:"GET",dataType:"script",async:!1,global:!1,"throws":!0})}});function pt(e,t){return x.nodeName(e,"table")&&x.nodeName(1===t.nodeType?t:t.firstChild,"tr")?e.getElementsByTagName("tbody")[0]||e.appendChild(e.ownerDocument.createElement("tbody")):e}function ft(e){return e.type=(null!==e.getAttribute("type"))+"/"+e.type,e}function ht(e){var t=ut.exec(e.type);return t?e.type=t[1]:e.removeAttribute("type"),e}function dt(e,t){var n=e.length,r=0;for(;n>r;r++)q.set(e[r],"globalEval",!t||q.get(t[r],"globalEval"))}function gt(e,t){var n,r,i,o,s,a,u,l;if(1===t.nodeType){if(q.hasData(e)&&(o=q.access(e),s=q.set(t,o),l=o.events)){delete s.handle,s.events={};for(i in l)for(n=0,r=l[i].length;r>n;n++)x.event.add(t,i,l[i][n])}L.hasData(e)&&(a=L.access(e),u=x.extend({},a),L.set(t,u))}}function mt(e,t){var n=e.getElementsByTagName?e.getElementsByTagName(t||"*"):e.querySelectorAll?e.querySelectorAll(t||"*"):[];return t===undefined||t&&x.nodeName(e,t)?x.merge([e],n):n}function yt(e,t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();"input"===n&&ot.test(e.type)?t.checked=e.checked:("input"===n||"textarea"===n)&&(t.defaultValue=e.defaultValue)}x.fn.extend({wrapAll:function(e){var t;return x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(t){x(this).wrapAll(e.call(this,t))}):(this[0]&&(t=x(e,this[0].ownerDocument).eq(0).clone(!0),this[0].parentNode&&t.insertBefore(this[0]),t.map(function(){var e=this;while(e.firstElementChild)e=e.firstElementChild;return e}).append(this)),this)},wrapInner:function(e){return x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(t){x(this).wrapInner(e.call(this,t))}):this.each(function(){var t=x(this),n=t.contents();n.length?n.wrapAll(e):t.append(e)})},wrap:function(e){var t=x.isFunction(e);return this.each(function(n){x(this).wrapAll(t?e.call(this,n):e)})},unwrap:function(){return this.parent().each(function(){x.nodeName(this,"body")||x(this).replaceWith(this.childNodes)}).end()}});var vt,xt,bt=/^(none|table(?!-c[ea]).+)/,wt=/^margin/,Tt=RegExp("^("+b+")(.*)$","i"),Ct=RegExp("^("+b+")(?!px)[a-z%]+$","i"),kt=RegExp("^([+-])=("+b+")","i"),Nt={BODY:"block"},Et={position:"absolute",visibility:"hidden",display:"block"},St={letterSpacing:0,fontWeight:400},jt=["Top","Right","Bottom","Left"],Dt=["Webkit","O","Moz","ms"];function At(e,t){if(t in e)return t;var n=t.charAt(0).toUpperCase()+t.slice(1),r=t,i=Dt.length;while(i--)if(t=Dt[i]+n,t in e)return t;return r}function Lt(e,t){return e=t||e,"none"===x.css(e,"display")||!x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e)}function qt(t){return e.getComputedStyle(t,null)}function Ht(e,t){var n,r,i,o=[],s=0,a=e.length;for(;a>s;s++)r=e[s],r.style&&(o[s]=q.get(r,"olddisplay"),n=r.style.display,t?(o[s]||"none"!==n||(r.style.display=""),""===r.style.display&&Lt(r)&&(o[s]=q.access(r,"olddisplay",Rt(r.nodeName)))):o[s]||(i=Lt(r),(n&&"none"!==n||!i)&&q.set(r,"olddisplay",i?n:x.css(r,"display"))));for(s=0;a>s;s++)r=e[s],r.style&&(t&&"none"!==r.style.display&&""!==r.style.display||(r.style.display=t?o[s]||"":"none"));return e}x.fn.extend({css:function(e,t){return x.access(this,function(e,t,n){var r,i,o={},s=0;if(x.isArray(t)){for(r=qt(e),i=t.length;i>s;s++)o[t[s]]=x.css(e,t[s],!1,r);return o}return n!==undefined?x.style(e,t,n):x.css(e,t)},e,t,arguments.length>1)},show:function(){return Ht(this,!0)},hide:function(){return Ht(this)},toggle:function(e){return"boolean"==typeof e?e?this.show():this.hide():this.each(function(){Lt(this)?x(this).show():x(this).hide()})}}),x.extend({cssHooks:{opacity:{get:function(e,t){if(t){var n=vt(e,"opacity");return""===n?"1":n}}}},cssNumber:{columnCount:!0,fillOpacity:!0,fontWeight:!0,lineHeight:!0,opacity:!0,order:!0,orphans:!0,widows:!0,zIndex:!0,zoom:!0},cssProps:{"float":"cssFloat"},style:function(e,t,n,r){if(e&&3!==e.nodeType&&8!==e.nodeType&&e.style){var i,o,s,a=x.camelCase(t),u=e.style;return t=x.cssProps[a]||(x.cssProps[a]=At(u,a)),s=x.cssHooks[t]||x.cssHooks[a],n===undefined?s&&"get"in s&&(i=s.get(e,!1,r))!==undefined?i:u[t]:(o=typeof n,"string"===o&&(i=kt.exec(n))&&(n=(i[1]+1)*i[2]+parseFloat(x.css(e,t)),o="number"),null==n||"number"===o&&isNaN(n)||("number"!==o||x.cssNumber[a]||(n+="px"),x.support.clearCloneStyle||""!==n||0!==t.indexOf("background")||(u[t]="inherit"),s&&"set"in s&&(n=s.set(e,n,r))===undefined||(u[t]=n)),undefined)}},css:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s,a=x.camelCase(t);return t=x.cssProps[a]||(x.cssProps[a]=At(e.style,a)),s=x.cssHooks[t]||x.cssHooks[a],s&&"get"in s&&(i=s.get(e,!0,n)),i===undefined&&(i=vt(e,t,r)),"normal"===i&&t in St&&(i=St[t]),""===n||n?(o=parseFloat(i),n===!0||x.isNumeric(o)?o||0:i):i}}),vt=function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s=n||qt(e),a=s?s.getPropertyValue(t)||s[t]:undefined,u=e.style;return s&&(""!==a||x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e)||(a=x.style(e,t)),Ct.test(a)&&wt.test(t)&&(r=u.width,i=u.minWidth,o=u.maxWidth,u.minWidth=u.maxWidth=u.width=a,a=s.width,u.width=r,u.minWidth=i,u.maxWidth=o)),a};function Ot(e,t,n){var r=Tt.exec(t);return r?Math.max(0,r[1]-(n||0))+(r[2]||"px"):t}function Ft(e,t,n,r,i){var o=n===(r?"border":"content")?4:"width"===t?1:0,s=0;for(;4>o;o+=2)"margin"===n&&(s+=x.css(e,n+jt[o],!0,i)),r?("content"===n&&(s-=x.css(e,"padding"+jt[o],!0,i)),"margin"!==n&&(s-=x.css(e,"border"+jt[o]+"Width",!0,i))):(s+=x.css(e,"padding"+jt[o],!0,i),"padding"!==n&&(s+=x.css(e,"border"+jt[o]+"Width",!0,i)));return s}function Pt(e,t,n){var r=!0,i="width"===t?e.offsetWidth:e.offsetHeight,o=qt(e),s=x.support.boxSizing&&"border-box"===x.css(e,"boxSizing",!1,o);if(0>=i||null==i){if(i=vt(e,t,o),(0>i||null==i)&&(i=e.style[t]),Ct.test(i))return i;r=s&&(x.support.boxSizingReliable||i===e.style[t]),i=parseFloat(i)||0}return i+Ft(e,t,n||(s?"border":"content"),r,o)+"px"}function Rt(e){var t=o,n=Nt[e];return n||(n=Mt(e,t),"none"!==n&&n||(xt=(xt||x("